language arts (1)

168
REPUBLIC OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO MINISTRY OF EDUCATION SECONDARY EDUCATION MODERNIZATION PROGRAMME DRAFT SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM Form Three Language Arts Curriculum Development Division October 2003

Upload: sakinah-siddiq

Post on 21-Jan-2016

50 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Language Arts (1)

REPUBLIC OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO MINISTRY OF EDUCATION

SECONDARY EDUCATION MODERNIZATION

PROGRAMME

DRAFT

SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM

Form Three

Language Arts

Curriculum Development Division

October 2003

Page 2: Language Arts (1)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About This Draft i Note to Teachers iii Acknowledgements v

PART ONE

Introduction 1 – 2

The Curriculum Underpinnings 1 – 3

Philosophy of Education 1 – 4

Goals of Education 1 – 6

The Essential Learning Outcomes 1 – 7

Curriculum Design and Developmental Process 1 - 12

PART TWO

Vision 2 - 2

Rationale 2 - 3

Goals of the Language Arts Programme 2 - 4

Organization of the Syllabus 2 - 7

Framework for Year One 2 - 8

Framework for Year Two 2 – 10

Content Framework, Form III Language Arts Curriculum 2 - 12

Term One - Youth Culture 2 - 12

Term Two - Relationships 2 - 13

Term Three - Careers 2 - 14

Topics and Objectives 2 -15

Language Arts Curriculum 2 - 24

Page 3: Language Arts (1)

PART THREE

Integration of Language Skills 3 - 1

Guidelines for Curriculum Delivery 3 - 2

Authentic Assessment 3 - 9

Assessment 3 - 10

PART FOUR

Glossary 4 - 1

Bibliography 4 - 13

Page 4: Language Arts (1)

i

ABOUT THIS DRAFT

Under the umbrella of the Secondary Education Modernization Programme (SEMP), since the latter part of 1999, new secondary school curricula in eight (8) subjects – Language Arts (English), Science, Mathematics, Social Studies, Spanish, Physical Education, Visual and Performing Arts and Technology Education – have been in development. In this publication you will find the first drafts of the Form III curriculum guide produced for each of the above identified subject areas. These Curriculum Guides represent ‘a work in progress’. They are not the finished product. They intended to serve the following purposes:

(i) provide clear guidance to teachers for implementing effectively the instructional programme for a particular subject area at a particular class/form level.

(ii) present a sufficiently detailed learning plan for the respective subject areas and for the entire secondary school curriculum that would enable teachers, school administrators and other major stakeholders to give meaningful, constructive feedback on the draft curricula for the various subjects – that is, for them to be actively involved in the development process.

(iii) contribute to the further revision and refinement, through the feedback received at (ii) above, of this draft curriculum guide for Form III.

Teachers and other users of these Curriculum Guides should also carefully note the following:

• Teachers’ Guides, Performance Standards, Assessment Manuals, Integration Matrices (linking content and essential learning outcomes in the relevant subject areas) are being developed and are in various stages of completion as companion documents to these Curriculum Guides. Accordingly, teachers and other users of these Draft Curricula can be assured that only certain areas, which may be interpreted as showing a lack of clarity, detail and/or adequate treatment, will be adequately addressed in the forthcoming above-mentioned companion documents.

• A series or orientation meetings and training workshops related to the effective

implementation of the curriculum is being planned. At these workshops/meetings the concerns of teachers will be addressed and guidance given with respect to the interpretation/clarification of certain aspects of these draft Guides.

• These first draft publications of the respective Curriculum Guides have been

issued in ring binders. This mode of presentation will facilitate correction of existing typographical errors, standardization of font sizes, formatting, layout etc, as well as the revision/refinement of the subsequent drafts – which will inevitably ensue from feedback/comments on these draft documents.

Page 5: Language Arts (1)

ii

Finally, we hold the view that teachers, in particular, but other stakeholders as well, are key players in the curriculum development process. Teachers are integral to the development of curricula that are relevant and appropriate. The curriculum is the major vehicle for providing quality education which meets the needs of both the individual learner and the national development objectives of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago. In this regard, we eagerly look forward to and indeed welcome the comments/suggestions of all stakeholders, especially teachers, which should be addressed to: Director, Curriculum Development Rudranath Capildeo Learning Resource Centre Mc Bean, Couva Tel/fax: 636-9296 e-mail: [email protected]

Page 6: Language Arts (1)

iii

A Note to Teachers The Ministry of Education through the Secondary Education Modernization Programme is seeking to reform the secondary education system. These draft National Curriculum Guides produced for eight subject areas are a key element in the current thrust to address the deficiencies identified in the system. Draft curriculum guides have already been produced for years one and two of the secondary system. Implementation of the new curriculum began on a phased basis in September 2003. These draft guides for year three represent the conclusion of the first cycle of secondary school and together with those of years one and two prepare students for the National Certificate of Secondary Education, Part One. The three sets of curriculum guides constitute the draft National Curriculum for the lower secondary school system. The National Curriculum is an important element of the School Curriculum which comprises all the learning and other experiences that each school plans for its pupils. It is expected that each school will undertake to develop the School Curriculum in alignment with the National Curriculum, fine tuning as necessary in response to the needs of their pupils and to the community. Teachers too have curriculum functions to perform. Using the National Curriculum Guides they are expected to develop instructional programmes, determining the type and extent of curriculum integration and the teaching and assessment strategies to be employed to facilitate student success. They will also identify and develop appropriate learning materials and decide on how the curriculum will be individualized to suit students’ capabilities, needs and interests. The introduction of the new curriculum guides for forms one to three is being accompanied by several supporting initiatives. These include the

Page 7: Language Arts (1)

iv

• phased technical upgrade of physical facilities • provision of enhanced teaching and learning resources including

textbooks • increased use of educational technology • introduction of a curriculum website at www.curriculum.gov.tt • professional development opportunities for teachers, heads of

departments, principals and vice-principals • expanded schools transportation and meals programmes • restructuring and decentralization of the education system.

As implementation proceeds, there will be careful monitoring to obtain feedback and to provide necessary support. Your comments and suggestions are most welcome and may be made on the website or in writing. Final revision of the draft guides is planned for the academic year 2005-2006. We are confident that this new curriculum will significantly enhance teaching and learning experiences in our secondary schools and consequently the achievement of the national educational goals. Sharon Mangroo

Director, Curriculum Development (Ag)

December, 2003

Page 8: Language Arts (1)

v

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The Ministry of Education wishes to express its sincere appreciation to all those who contributed to the curriculum development process. The Coordinating Unit of the Secondary Education Modernization Programme (SEMPCU) assisted in planning, facilitating, organizing and coordinating the various exercises in addition to providing technical assistance. Special thanks to

• Mr. Maurice Chin Aleong, Programme Coordinator, Dr. Stephen Joseph, Assistant Programme Coordinator, Quality Improvement and Mrs. Patricia Sealy and Mrs. Renée Figuera, Education Specialists

• Mr. Lloyd Pujadas, Director, Curriculum Development and leader of the SEMP

Curriculum Development sub-component who led the year three activities

• Dr. Robert Sargent, International Consultant of Mount St. Vincent University who guided the process

• The principals who generously released teachers to participate in the curriculum

writing process • The administrative staff of the Curriculum Development Division who typed and

retyped the documents

• The Division of Educational Services which printed early drafts for circulation

• Mrs. Marie Abraham, Editor who contributed her time, energy and knowledge to the editing of these documents

The Curriculum Officers and members of the Curriculum Writing Teams brought their knowledge, skills and practical experience of teaching and learning to the curriculum development process. Members of the writing team for this subject are listed below. The members of the Curriculum Writing Team for this subject are:

NAME SCHOOL/INSTITUTION

1. Fazila Mohammed Claxton Bay Senior Comprehensive School

2. Mala Morton-Gittens St. George’s College

3. Lynette Noel Barataria Senior Comprehensive School

Page 9: Language Arts (1)

vi

4. Marilyn Sambury Malick Senior Comprehensive School

5. Judy Nanhoo Chaguanas Junior Secondary School

6. Donna Reyes Chaguanas Junior Secondary School

7. Beular Mitchell Curriculum Officer (English)

8. Desiree Augustin Curriculum Officer (English)

Page 10: Language Arts (1)

1 - 0

PART ONE

CURRICULUM FOUNDATIONS

Page 11: Language Arts (1)

1 - 1

INTRODUCTION

In its commitment to a comprehensive reform and expansion of the secondary school system, the

Government of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago in 1996, adopted the report of the National

Task Force on Education as educational policy. The specific recommendations for the

improvement of secondary education led to discussions with the Inter American Development

Bank (IADB) for loan funding arrangements for a programme to modernise secondary education

in Trinidad and Tobago. This programme, the Secondary Education Modernization Programme

(SEMP) was formalized and has been designed to:

- address deficiencies identified in the education system;

- establish a firm secondary education foundation that would catapult Trinidad and Tobago

into the 21st century assured of its ability to participate advantageously in the global

economic village, smoothly traverse the information super highway and utilize cutting edge

technology for the competitive advantage it provides; - allow for adaptation to future demands; and

- produce good citizens.

The deficiencies identified include:

- an unacceptably low level of academic achievement;

- unsatisfactory personal and social development outcomes: and

- curricular arrangements whose major outcomes were linked to the attainment of a minimum

of five General passes in the Caribbean Examinations Council (CXC) examination.

The Secondary Education Modernization Programme (SEMP) consists of four articulated

components:

(a) improved educational equity and quality

(b) deshifting, rehabilitation, and upgrading of school infrastructure

Page 12: Language Arts (1)

1 - 2

(c) institutional strengthening, and

(d) studies and measures for improved sector performance.

This document is evidence of the effort to address component (a) under which curriculum

development falls.

THE CURRICULUM UNDERPINNINGS

This curriculum has been informed by the wealth of available curriculum theories and processes.

In the Final Report of the Curriculum Development Sub-Component submitted by

J. Reece and K. Seepersad, the curriculum is defined, as a “plan for action” or a “written

document that included strategies for achieving desired goals or ends.” This is the definition that

is applied here. The curriculum is herein defined as the written document that is to be used by

teachers to plan effective learning opportunities for students in secondary schools.

Macdonald (1976) declares,

‘Curriculum it would seem to me is the study of “what should constitute a world for learning and how to go about making this world”. As such it is a microcosm... the very questions that seem to me of foremost concern to all humanity, questions such as what is the good society, what is the good life and what is a good person are explicit in the curriculum question. Further, the moral question of how to relate to others or how best to live together is clearly a part of curriculum.’

In essence Macdonald’s statement establishes the basic forces that influence and shape the

organization and content of the curriculum: the curriculum foundations. These are

(a) The Philosophy and the Nature of Knowledge

(b) Society and Culture

(c) The Learner

(d) Learning Theories

These foundations are at the heart or the centre of the dialogue essential to the development of a

coherent, culturally focussed and dynamically evolving curriculum. Of course the prevailing

philosophical concerns and educational goals provide the base.

Page 13: Language Arts (1)

1 - 3

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

The following philosophical statements are at the foundation of the curriculum and are stated in

the Education Policy Paper 1993-2003 as follows:

WE BELIEVE

That every child has an inherent right to an education which will enhance the

development of maximum capability regardless of gender, ethnic, economic,

social, or religious background.

That every child has the ability to learn, and that we must build on this positive

assumption.

That every child has an inalienable right to an education which facilitates the

achievement of personal goals and the fulfilment of obligations to society.

That education is fundamental to the overall development of Trinidad and

Tobago.

That a system of ‘heavily subsidised’ and universal education up to age 16 is the

greatest safeguard of the freedom of our people and is the best guarantee of their social,

political, and economic well-being at this stage in our development.

That the educational system of Trinidad and Tobago must endeavour to develop a

spiritually, morally, physically, intellectually and emotionally sound individual.

That ethical and moral concerns are central to human development and survival.

Fundamental constructs such as “decency,” “justice,” “respect,” “kindness,” “equality,

“love,” “honesty,” and “sensitivity,” are major determinants of the survival of our multi-

cultural society.

Page 14: Language Arts (1)

1 - 4

That the parent and the home have a major responsibility for the welfare of the child and

that the well-being of the child can best be served by a strong partnership between the

community and the school.

That the educational system must provide curricular arrangements and choices that

ensure that cultural, ethnic, class and gender needs are appropriately addressed.

That students vary in natural ability, and that schools therefore should provide, for all

students, programmes which are adapted to varying abilities, and which provide

opportunities to develop differing personal and socially useful talents.

That we must be alert to new research and development in all fields of human learning

and to the implications of these developments for more effective teaching and school

improvement.

That the educational system must be served by professionals who share and are guided in

their operations by a set of systematic and incisive understandings, beliefs and values

about education in general and its relationship to the development of the national

community of Trinidad and Tobago.

That there is a need to create and sustain a humanised and democratised system of

education for the survival of our democracy.

That the democratisation and humanisation of the educational system are largely

contingent on the degree to which the system is professionalised. The nature of

educational problems are [sic] such that the professional core must be engaged in

decision-making with respect to the problems that affect their expert delivery of the

services to the clientele and ultimately to Trinidad and Tobago. Professionals must come

to experience a real sense of ‘control and ownership’ of matters educational.

Page 15: Language Arts (1)

1 - 5

That from a psychological perspective, education is a means of looking out beyond the

boundaries of the immediate. It can be the viable means which creates individuals with

the intellect and capacity to develop and lead societies, communities, villages, and/or

neighbourhoods and families of the future. It should be responsive to and stimulate the

searing human spirit and the emphatic quest for human communication, interaction, love

and trust.

That learning is cumulative and that every stage in the educational process is as important

and critical for the learner’s development as what has gone before it and what is to come.

As such we must view educational programming and development in the round,

recognising the importance of every rung on the ladder of delivery by intensifying our

efforts throughout the system.

THE GOALS OF EDUCATION

Coming out of the articulated philosophy, formal education in Trinidad and Tobago must aim to:

provide opportunities for all students to develop spiritually, morally,

emotionally, intellectually and physically;

develop in all students attitudes of honesty, tolerance, integrity and efficiency;

provide opportunities for self-directed and life-long learning;

provide opportunities for all students to develop numeracy, literacy,

scientific and technological skills;

promote national development and economic sustainability;

promote an understanding of the principles and practices of a democratic society;

equip all students with basic life skills;

promote the preservation and protection of the environment;

Page 16: Language Arts (1)

1 - 6

develop in all students an understanding of the importance of a healthy lifestyle;

help all students acquire the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to be intelligent

consumers; provide opportunities for all students to develop an understanding and appreciation of the

diversity of our culture; and

provide opportunities for all students to develop an appreciation for beauty and human achievement in the visual and performing arts.

An analysis of the educational philosophy of the Ministry of Education's Policy Paper (1993 –

2003) and of the goals for education derived from it by the Curriculum Development Division

(as outlined above), taken with the research conducted in developed nations, has led to the

identification of six areas in which all secondary students must achieve. These are universally

accepted goals that have been developed and underscored by other educational jurisdictions and

have been described as essential learning outcomes. These outcomes help to define standards of

attainment for all secondary school students. THE ESSENTIAL LEARNING OUTCOMES

The six outcomes are in the areas of:

Aesthetic Expression

Citizenship

Communication

Personal Development

Problem Solving

Technological Competence

The achievement of these essential learning outcomes by all students is the goal that every core

curriculum subject must facilitate. The core curriculum subjects, their content, and the teaching,

learning and assessment strategies are the means to fulfil this end.

It is expected that by the end of the third year of secondary school students’ achievement in all

six areas will result in a solid foundation of knowledge, skills and attitudes which will constitute

Page 17: Language Arts (1)

1 - 7

the base for a platform for living in the Trinidad and Tobago society, and for making

informed choices for further secondary education.

The essential learning outcomes are described more fully below.

Aesthetic Expression

Students should recognise that the arts represent an important facet of their development, and

that they should respond positively to its various forms. They should be able to demonstrate

visual acuity and aesthetic sensibilities and sensitivities in expressing themselves through the

arts.

Students should be able, for example, to:

use various art forms as a means of formulating and expressing ideas, perceptions and feelings; demonstrate understanding of the contribution of the arts to daily life, cultural identity and

diversity; demonstrate an understanding of the economic role of the arts in the global village society;

demonstrate understanding of the ideas, perceptions and feelings of others as expressed in

various art forms;

demonstrate understanding of the significance of cultural resources, such as museums, theatres, galleries, and other expressions of the multi-cultural reality of society.

Citizenship

Students should be able to situate themselves in a multicultural, multiethnic environment with a

clear understanding of the contribution they must make to social, cultural, economic, and

environmental development in the local and global context.

Students should be able, for example, to:

demonstrate an understanding of sustainable development and its implications for the environment locally and globally;

Page 18: Language Arts (1)

1 - 8

demonstrate an understanding of Trinidad and Tobago’s political, social and economic

systems in the global context;

demonstrate understanding of the social, political and economic forces that have shaped the past and present, and apply those understandings to the process of planning for the future;

examine issues of human rights and recognize and react against forms of discrimination,

violence and anti-social behaviours; determine the principles and actions of a just, peaceful, pluralistic and democratic society,

and act accordingly;

demonstrate an understanding of their own cultural heritage, cultural identity and that of others and the contribution of multiculturalism to society.

Communication

Students should be able to, through the use of their bodies, language, tools, symbols and media,

demonstrate their deeper understandings of synergies inherent in the exchange of ideas and

information and thus communicate more effectively.

Students should be able, for example, to:

explore, reflect on, and express their own ideas, learning, perceptions and feelings;

demonstrate understanding of facts and relationships presented through words, numbers

symbols, graphs and charts;

demonstrate sensitivity and empathy where necessary in communicating various kinds of emotions and information; present information and instructions clearly, logically, concisely and accurately for a

variety of audiences; interpret and evaluate data, and express ideas in everyday language;

critically reflect on and interpret ideas presented through a variety of media.

Page 19: Language Arts (1)

1 - 9

Personal Development

Students should be able to grow from inside out, continually enlarging their knowledge base,

expanding their horizons and challenging themselves in the pursuit of a healthy and productive

life.

Students should be able, for example, to:

demonstrate preparedness for the transition to work and further learning;

make appropriate decisions and take responsibility for those decisions;

work and study purposefully both independently and in cooperative groups;

demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between health and lifestyle;

discriminate amongst a wide variety of career opportunities;

demonstrate coping, management and interpersonal skills;

display intellectual curiosity, an entrepreneurial spirit and initiative;

reflect critically on ethical and other issues;

deal effectively with change and become agents for positive, effective change.

Problem Solving

Students should know problem-solving strategies and be able to apply them to situations they

encounter. They should develop critical thinking and inquiry skills with which they can process

information to solve a wide variety of problems.

Students should be able, for example, to:

acquire, process and interpret information critically to make informed decisions;

use a variety of strategies and perspectives with flexibility and creativity for solving

problems;

formulate tentative ideas, and question their own assumptions and those of others; solve problems individually and collaboratively;

Page 20: Language Arts (1)

1 - 10

identify, describe, formulate and reformulate problems;

frame and test hypotheses;

ask questions, observe relationships, make inferences, and draw conclusions;

identify, describe and interpret different points of view and distinguish fact from opinion.

Technological Competence

Students should be technologically literate, able to understand and use various technologies, and

demonstrate an understanding of the role of technology in their lives, in society, and the world at

large.

Students should be able, for example, to:

locate, evaluate, adapt, create, and share information using a variety of sources and

technologies; demonstrate understanding of and use existing and developing technologies appropriately;

demonstrate an understanding of the impact of technology on society;

demonstrate an understanding of ethical issues related to the use of technology in a local and

global context.

THE CURRICULUM DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

In order to achieve the outcomes as defined by the underpinning philosophy and goals, the

Curriculum Division of the Ministry of Education embarked on a design and development

programme consonant with the current approaches to curriculum change and innovation.

Page 21: Language Arts (1)

1 - 11

CURRICULUM DESIGN

George A. Beauchamp (1983) says, “curriculum planning is a process of selecting and

organizing culture content for transmission to students by the school. The process is very

complex, involving input from many sources, but the organized end result of the process is the

design of the curriculum.”

The varied perspectives as to the nature of knowledge, the nature of the learner, what should be

learnt and how, and to what end, have resulted in three (3) major classifications of curriculum

designs. Zais (1976, p.376) lists them as: subject-centered, learner-centered, and problem-

centered designs. Also bringing influences to bear on the design is what Eisner and Vallance

(1974) call the “orientations to curriculum.” These orientations aid in the comprehension of what

the curriculum is geared towards in terms of the development of the individual.

This curriculum displays a learner-centered design. It is based primarily on ‘man-centered’

philosophical assumptions employing constructivist theory. Its major orientation is to curriculum

as self-actualization. It is student-centered, seeks to provide personally satisfying experiences for

each student, and is growth oriented. As the student moves from one level to another, the

activities expand to allow him/her new insights and approaches to dealing with and integrating

new knowledge.

The curriculum design is defined by two structures, the substantive and the syntactic.

The substantive structure reflects the “range of subject matters with which it is concerned”; the

syntactic structure describes the “procedures of inquiry and practice that it follows”.

The substantive structure begins with a vision statement, a rationale, lists the general and specific

outcomes of the programme, and establishes the nature of the connections with the other core

subjects on the timetable. The syntactic structure is developed along a tabular format in which

the intended outcomes are associated with activities making it easy to read and teacher friendly.

The content finds coherence with Tyler's (1950) three criteria for the organization of learning

activities: continuity, sequence and integration.

Page 22: Language Arts (1)

1 - 12

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

The first stage of the curriculum development process consisted of stakeholder consultations held

with a cross section of the community.

Consultations were held with primary and secondary school teachers, principals, members of

denominational school boards, members of the business community, the executive of the

TTUTA, representatives from the UWI, John S. Donaldson Technical Institute, San Fernando

Technical Institute, Valsayn Teachers’ College and Caribbean Union College, parents, librarians,

guidance counsellors, students, curriculum officers and school supervisors. They were focused

on the philosophy, goals and learning outcomes of education.

The results of these consultations were:

agreement on the concept of a “core”, that is, essential learning outcomes consisting of

skills, knowledge attitudes and values that students must acquire BY the end of five years of

secondary schooling;

agreement on the eight subjects to form the core;

agreement on the desirable outcomes of secondary school education in Trinidad and Tobago.

THE CORE CURRICULUM SUBJECTS

These are subjects that every student is required to take in forms one to three. Students will be

allowed to choose from a list of subject offerings thereafter.

Page 23: Language Arts (1)

1 - 13

Minimum time allocation is recommended for each subject. The principal as instructional leader

of the school will make the final decision according to the needs of the students and the

resources available at any given time.

The subjects and the time allocations are as follows

Subject No. of Periods Subject No. of Periods

English Six Mathematics Five

Science Four Physical Education Two

Spanish Four Technology Education Four

Social Studies Four Visual and Performing Arts Four

In Stage Two of the process, the officers of the Curriculum Development Division studied the

reports of the consultations, the Education Policy Paper, the reports of the Curriculum Task

Force and of the Task Force for “Removal of Common Entrance” as well as newspaper articles

and letters to the editor on education over the past five years.

The School Libraries Division and the Division of School Supervision assisted the Curriculum

Development Division in this task. The result of the study was the identification and statement

of a set of desirable outcomes and essential exit competencies to be had by all students on

leaving school. All learning opportunities, all teaching and learning strategies, all instructional

plans, are to contribute to the realization of these outcomes and competencies.

At Stage Three ten existing schools were identified to pilot the new curriculum. Teachers from

eight subject areas were drawn from these schools to form Curriculum Writing Teams for each

subject. Teachers with specific subject or curriculum development skills from other schools were

also included in the teams. These teams met initially for three days, then for one day per week

during April to July 2000, to conduct the writing phase of the curriculum development. In this

phase learning outcomes specific to each subject, which contribute to the fulfilment of the

Page 24: Language Arts (1)

1 - 14

national outcomes were identified. Subject content, teaching and learning and assessment

strategies to support these outcomes were developed.

The process of curriculum development for years two and three continued in a similar fashion.

Curriculum Officers were assisted by teachers who were released from their teaching duties for

varying periods of time.

The following curriculum document is the result of their efforts.

The International Consultant, for Curriculum Development, Dr. Robert Sargeant, (Associate

Professor - Mount St. Vincent University, Nova Scotia, Canada) guided the curriculum design

and development process.

Page 25: Language Arts (1)

2 - 1

Page 26: Language Arts (1)

2 - 2

VISION

Any vision of Language Arts is embedded in the role of the humanities. The humanities articulate the ideals of any society.

They portray a way of life, which embodies and is meant to reflect the ideal human being and the ideal culture.

Literature, as an integral part of the humanities, mirrors life and society. Through an experience of literature man lives vicariously

and is able to appreciate a common experience more deeply.

Man’s essential humanity is reflected in his ability to think critically and creatively, to speak, to listen, to read, to write –

in essence, to communicate effectively both with himself and with others.

We live in an encroaching global culture. Our skills of communication must therefore allow us

to function effectively not only at national and regional levels, but universally.

The Language Arts programme therefore envisages that all citizens of Trinidad and Tobago will acquire competence

in all the language arts skills and will therefore be able to communicate effectively in all spheres of human endeavour.

Page 27: Language Arts (1)

2 - 3

RATIONALE

The Language Arts curriculum is holistic and a vehicle for the development of all the communication skills. Communication undergirds most human activity and creates meaningfulness in culture. Every language is associated with ontology of the world. It is through language and within language that the possibilities of a particular world-view are made manifest. Therefore, the importance of language is not only to communicate, but also to create the common ground on which communication is made possible. Great literature allows the writers to delineate and define reality. To be conscious of this, it is necessary to be immersed in their works. It is important to present students with works of great writers so that the students can assess and construct their own world-view. Literature is therefore central to Language Arts. A literature-rich environment thus promotes and facilitates effective Language Arts teaching and learning. Attention is also given to the often forgotten skills of listening and speaking, and the mechanics of reading and comprehension. By using a brain-based approach to language learning, one creates a low-threat and high- challenge environment for the students. In this child-centred setting, learning becomes an interactive process whereby the students participate in activities in which they are required to think and integrate new ideas. Students engage in critical thinking and problem solving. The language teacher is therefore a facilitator who presents the students with opportunities to qualitatively enhance their concepts at the appropriate time in a constructivist approach to teaching. The Multiple Intelligences theory offers language teachers an opportunity to use a broad range of activities and develop innovative teaching strategies, as no one set of teaching strategies will work best for all students at all times. The Multiple Intelligences theory emphasises strategies for open-ended language activities that cater to the diverse learning styles and needs of each student. The Language Arts curriculum takes cognisance of the life skills that the student will eventually need when he enters the world of work. The strands in this syllabus facilitate this by engaging the student in activities that encourage group work, listening and speaking skills, empathy, critical thinking and problem solving. The student’s self-esteem grows and empowers his capacity for independent thinking. This modernised Language Arts curriculum moulds citizens who respect their country and appreciate the diversity inherent in a multicultural society. The intention is to create citizens of Trinidad and Tobago who can easily adapt to a global environment.

Page 28: Language Arts (1)

2 - 4

GOALS OF THE LANGUAGE ARTS PROGRAMME

Language Arts plays a significant role in the development of communication skills among students. These skills include listening, speaking, reading, writing and viewing. Within the Language Arts Curriculum, these skills are woven in several strands that are inter-connected. Listening and speaking are fundamental to the development of reading, writing and viewing, and the processes of thinking underlie all the language skills. The Grammar strand provides outcomes to be integrated as needed in the larger framework of a writing assignment or unit. Literature uses language in the most heightened form, and it is an integrating element in the Language Arts curriculum. In Trinidad and Tobago, there are two linguistic systems, Standard English and the Trinidad and Tobago dialect or English-based Creole. The vast majority of children in our school system speak a dialect to express their feelings, thoughts and experiences. The dialect is an organised grammatical system with a vocabulary that is largely drawn from Standard English. The co-existence of two linguistic systems poses problems for learners of English in our school system. For example, in the area of reading, problems of decoding and making meaning derive from the differences in syntax, phonology and morphology between the standard language and the dialect. Our global culture requires communicative competence and the secondary school graduate can be a competent Standard English speaker even as he enjoys his first language – the language of his heart. The Language Arts Syllabus explicitly recognises the nature of the problem which learners experience in the acquisition and use of Standard English and therefore seeks to address it. The major area of focus relates to the structures of Standard English consistent with current communicative language teaching approaches. The techniques and strategies recommended in this document include: (a) use of a variety of controlled and meaningful drills and dialogue practice;

(b) role-playing and dramatisation;

(c) use of objects, charts, maps, tables, cartoons and other visual materials;

(d) use of oral and written texts combining form, function, meaning and situation;

(e) authentic varied oracy and literacy tasks for which Standard English structures are required.

The principles which govern the above techniques and strategies are: (a) The use of language to accomplish genuine purposes in meaningful experience-

based contexts promotes language competence;

(b) The social situation is a major determinant of students’ language behaviour. A social interactive classroom climate that encourages risk-taking is conducive to language growth.

Page 29: Language Arts (1)

2 - 5

(c) Mastery of the grammatical structures of Standard English depends on a variety of practice activities that familiarise students with the structures in context, in both form and communicative meaning;

(d) The grammatical elements/items of language are best acquired in situations that encourage authentic tasks in reading, writing, speaking and listening;

(e) Teachers of Language Arts, who are exemplars of Standard English usage, and who model their love of reading, joy in composing, and responsiveness in listening, contribute to students’ linguistic resources. Students bring to the classroom an extensive range of language experiences. Teachers’ respect and value for students’ linguistic background are motivating factors in students’ acquisition of Standard English.

GENERAL INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE LANGUAGE ARTS PROGRAMME The main goal of the Language Arts curriculum is that students will be able to communicate effectively through speech and writing by means of Standard English. The student will:

listen with a high degree of understanding to instructions, descriptions, explanations and narration in Standard English, in a familiar accent and appropriate vocabulary and sentence structure;

speak using words appropriately and precisely to communicate thoughts and feelings;

demonstrate spontaneity in speaking in a variety of situations;

think creatively, critically and constructively;

respond sensitively to varied and meaningful literature and other forms of art at the appropriate level;

read effectively and for different purposes a variety of print and electronic media;

express himself or herself in various modes of writing - expository, narrative, descriptive, argumentative/persuasive – and do so legibly;

use various forms of visual literacy to interpret and gain information. CONNECTIONS AND INTEGRATION Theories of how students learn and how they learn Language Arts provide the bases for the teaching of Language Arts. In fact, a view of the learner, the learning process, teaching, and language should inform what we do in the everyday transaction within the classroom.

Page 30: Language Arts (1)

2 - 6

In recent times, the call for the integration of the Language arts has come from current views derived from language education research. The claims are:

(a) the Language arts skills are so strongly inter-related that no single skill can be taught in isolation;

(b) the strands of language are so closely interwoven that speaking, listening, reading and writing can emerge simultaneously in any one activity;

(c) communication is a dynamic complex of interdependent systems involving thinking, speaking, listening, reading, writing and viewing;

(d) language is a meaning-making process;

(e) learning language is an integrated, holistic, interactive process;

(f) language growth and development is not a sequential, linear process. Language is not a collection of discrete, unrelated elements, but a process which organically combines various elements. In reading, for example, the language modes are used simultaneously and reciprocally. Almost any language activity involves more than one language skill. Within a typical language lesson, students engage in talking and asking questions, listening, reading and writing. Each one becomes a medium for supporting and reinforcing the other. Students discuss or talk about what they have written, listen to their peers reading what they have produced, and write about what they have read. When students read, they are learning about writing; when they have written to others, they are learning about reading. There is much overlap in an integrated curriculum. The view of language as an integrated holistic collaborative activity is demonstrated in the following features inherent in this document: (a) the inclusion of the category “Integrating Curricular Activities” within the

syllabus framework:

i. there is an internal integration of the strands of English . For example, in process writing, one uses the skills of listening, speaking, reading, writing and visual representation;

ii. there is also external integration with other subject areas. For example, passages from the Science or Social Studies texts can be used to teach comprehension, punctuation or grammar;

(b) the practice of process writing which includes pre-writing, drafting, revising, editing;

(c) the focus on literature and its organic relationship with language;

(d) the reading-writing connections;

(e) the language experience approach.

Page 31: Language Arts (1)

2 - 7

ORGANISATION OF THE SYLLABUS The Language Arts curriculum is spiral rather than hierarchical in nature. It is an integrated reality in which all the strands are intertwined. The syllabus is structured in strands, and to maintain the links, all the strands share a theme and take into consideration what the other strands are focusing on. This curriculum consists of skills of communication that have to be deepened and broadened term after term and year after year. These skills are developed and practised in many forms and genres, including stories, poetry, informational articles, reports, explanations, advertisements and arguments, for a variety of purposes and audiences. The syllabus contains the following elements in increasing levels of complexity:

Listening/Speaking

Literature

Reading – Comprehension and Mechanics

Writing Skills

Media and Visual Literacy

Mechanics of English and Grammar

Each element is organised under the following headings:

Topic/ Outcome

Suggested Teaching/Learning Strategies

Integrating Curricular Activities

Resources

Suggested Assessment/Evaluation Activities

Page 32: Language Arts (1)

F

RA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R Y

EA

R O

NE

- T

OP

ICS

LIS

TE

NIN

G A

ND

SPE

AK

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E/

RE

AD

ING

RE

AD

ING

CO

MP

RE

HE

NSI

ON

AN

D

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

RE

AD

ING

WR

ITIN

G

VIE

WIN

G A

ND

RE

PR

ESE

NT

ING

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

EN

GL

ISH

AN

D

GR

AM

MA

R

Ter

m 1

Gift

of L

iste

ning

Atte

ntiv

e Li

sten

ing

Enjo

y R

eadi

ng S

torie

sFo

llow

ing

even

ts in

ch

rono

logi

cal o

rder

St

ory

Writ

ing

Und

erst

andi

ng

anal

ysin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

Vis

ual

Med

ia

Sim

ple

Sent

ence

s

Nou

n

Get

ting

mea

ning

from

or

al te

xts

Mai

n Id

ea

Com

preh

ensi

on

Iden

tifyi

ng e

xplic

it de

tails

Dev

elop

ing

desc

riptiv

e vo

cabu

lary

Expo

sito

ry W

ritin

g M

akin

g a

jour

nal

book

let

Ver

b ag

reem

ent

Sim

ple

pres

ent t

ense

s, pa

st ir

regu

lar p

lura

ls

of n

ouns

Sequ

enci

ng o

f eve

nts

in a

stor

y

Sket

ch-to

-stre

tch

-ba

sed

on m

ater

ials

re

ad

Iden

tifyi

ng p

arts

of a

bo

ok –

skim

min

g an

d sc

anni

ng

Ter

m 2

Tele

phon

e co

nver

satio

n R

eadi

ng a

nd

expr

essi

ng id

eas u

sing

K

WL

Rea

ding

and

ex

pres

sing

idea

s usi

ng

KW

L

Des

crip

tive

Writ

ing

Stor

y W

ritin

g

Rep

ort W

ritin

g

Dis

cuss

ing

the

mer

its

and

dem

erits

of a

udio

m

edia

Irre

gula

r ver

bs

Page 33: Language Arts (1)

F

RA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R Y

EA

R O

NE

- T

OP

ICS

LIS

TE

NIN

G A

ND

SPE

AK

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E/

RE

AD

ING

RE

AD

ING

CO

MP

RE

HE

NSI

ON

AN

D

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

RE

AD

ING

WR

ITIN

G

VIE

WIN

G A

ND

RE

PR

ESE

NT

ING

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

EN

GL

ISH

AN

D

GR

AM

MA

R

List

enin

g fo

r det

ails

in

poe

try a

nd o

ther

ge

nres

Enjo

ying

bas

ic

elem

ents

of p

oetry

En

joyi

ng b

asic

el

emen

ts o

f poe

try

Expo

sito

ry W

ritin

g

Arg

umen

tativ

e W

ritin

g

Tape

reco

rdin

g a

stor

y an

d po

em

Adj

ectiv

es o

f deg

ree

C

ompr

ehen

ding

Mai

n Id

eas

Com

preh

endi

ng M

ain

Idea

s

C

onju

nctio

ns –

tim

e,

plac

e, re

ason

Ter

m 2

D

iffer

entia

ting

betw

een

Fact

and

O

pini

on

Diff

eren

tiatin

g be

twee

n Fa

ct a

nd

Opi

nion

Irre

gula

r ver

bs,

adje

ctiv

es o

f deg

ree,

co

njun

ctio

ns –

tim

e,

plac

e, re

ason

Ter

m 3

Intro

duci

ng a

nd

than

king

spea

kers

En

joyi

ng d

ram

a an

d ba

sic

elem

ents

of a

pl

ay sc

ript

Enjo

ying

dra

ma

and

basi

c el

emen

ts o

f a

play

scrip

t

Des

crip

tion

of a

n ar

ea

and

its c

omm

unity

U

nder

stan

ding

and

ap

prec

iatin

g au

dio

vide

o an

d te

levi

sion

pr

ogra

mm

ing

Dire

ct a

nd In

dire

ct

Spee

ch

List

enin

g to

un

ders

tand

mai

n po

ints

Ant

onym

s and

mul

ti-m

eani

ng w

ords

A

nton

yms a

nd m

ulti-

mea

ning

wor

ds

Stor

y w

ritin

g C

ompo

sing

a st

ill o

r m

ovin

g pi

ctur

e re

pres

enta

tion

Com

para

tive

and

supe

rlativ

e fo

rms

Mak

ing

infe

renc

es

Lette

rs o

f Com

plai

nt

Dis

cuss

ing

the

mer

its

and

dem

erits

of a

te

levi

sion

show

or

vide

o

Com

poun

d se

nten

ces

Phra

ses –

Cla

uses

Und

erst

andi

ng th

e w

riter

’s in

tent

ion

Abb

revi

atio

ns,

acro

nym

s

Des

igni

ng

ques

tionn

aire

s

Com

para

tive

and

supe

rlativ

e fo

rms

Com

poun

d se

nten

ces

Page 34: Language Arts (1)

F

RA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R Y

EA

R T

WO

- T

OP

ICS

LIS

TE

NIN

G A

ND

SPE

AK

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E/

RE

AD

ING

RE

AD

ING

CO

MP

RE

HE

NSI

ON

AN

D

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

RE

AD

ING

WR

ITIN

G

VIE

WIN

G A

ND

RE

PR

ESE

NT

ING

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

EN

GL

ISH

AN

D

GR

AM

MA

R

Ter

m 1

Ora

l co

mm

unic

atio

n,

dist

ingu

ishi

ng fa

ct

from

opi

nion

Res

pond

ing

criti

cally

to a

va

riety

of p

rose

Diff

eren

tiatin

g fa

ct

and

opin

ion

in te

xts

and

com

posi

ng

thes

e

Nar

rativ

e W

ritin

g –

usin

g pe

rson

poi

nt

of v

iew

Vis

ual r

espo

nse

to

text

, sto

ry; t

ime

in

stor

ies a

nd p

oem

Con

cord

Act

ive

liste

ning

Id

entif

ying

and

de

mon

stra

ting

the

feat

ures

of a

shor

t st

ory

Col

lect

ing

and

iden

tifyi

ng d

etai

ls

Form

at le

tter

writ

ing

Dra

win

g –

stor

y bo

ard

of sc

enes

fr

om a

stor

y

Tens

e

Com

mun

icat

e or

ally

fo

r diff

eren

t pu

rpos

es

Iden

tifyi

ng

char

acte

r tra

its

Und

erst

andi

ng

sequ

ence

of e

vent

s G

ivin

g in

form

atio

n

Cre

atin

g he

adlin

es

and

a ne

ws-

boar

d

Dra

win

g co

mic

st

rips a

nd c

arto

ons

to te

ll a

stor

y

Com

mas

Link

Wor

ds

C

ritic

ally

ass

essi

ng

the

setti

ng o

f a st

ory

Prev

iew

ing

voca

bula

ry –

di

phth

ong

soun

ds

Sim

ple

repo

rt w

ritin

g

Punc

tuat

ion

– ap

ostro

phe

Ter

m 2

App

reci

atin

g Li

sten

ing

Enjo

ying

and

re

spon

ding

to

diff

eren

t typ

es o

f po

etry

Infe

rrin

g m

ain

idea

st

atem

ent b

y co

nnec

ting

maj

or

and

min

or d

etai

ls

Third

per

son

narr

ativ

e U

sing

per

suas

ion

in

adve

rtise

men

ts to

pr

omot

e a

plac

e of

in

tere

st

Prep

ositi

on

Ana

lysi

ng o

ral

lang

uage

D

emon

stra

ting

an

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

ho

w la

ngua

ge is

us

ed fi

gura

tivel

y to

ap

peal

to th

e se

nses

Pred

ictin

g ou

tcom

esFo

llow

ing

and

writ

ing

inst

ruct

ions

to

pro

duce

an

obje

ct

Und

erst

andi

ng p

rint

med

ia a

nd

prod

ucin

g a

flyer

Punc

tuat

ion

– co

lon

Page 35: Language Arts (1)

F

RA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R Y

EA

R T

WO

- T

OP

ICS

LIS

TE

NIN

G A

ND

SPE

AK

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E/

RE

AD

ING

RE

AD

ING

CO

MP

RE

HE

NSI

ON

AN

D

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

RE

AD

ING

WR

ITIN

G

VIE

WIN

G A

ND

RE

PR

ESE

NT

ING

ME

CH

AN

ICS

OF

EN

GL

ISH

AN

D

GR

AM

MA

R

Ter

m 2

Mak

ing

oral

pr

esen

tatio

ns

Cre

atin

g on

e’s o

wn

poem

s to

refle

ct

feel

ings

and

ex

perie

nces

Prev

iew

ing

voca

bula

ry –

co

nson

ant

diph

thon

gs

Inte

rpre

ting

info

rmat

ion

docu

men

ted

stat

istic

ally

Und

erst

andi

ng

tele

visi

on

adve

rtisi

ng, t

he

inte

nded

aud

ienc

e an

d te

chni

ques

use

d

Das

h

Con

tinuo

us te

nse

Com

pose

sent

ence

s

Ter

m 3

Esta

blis

hing

crit

eria

fo

r jud

ging

a

pres

enta

tion

Dev

elop

ing

the

abili

ty to

co

mm

unic

ate

and

inte

rpre

t dra

ma;

text

fo

r per

form

ance

Iden

tifyi

ng k

eys

wor

ds a

nd p

hras

es

to u

nder

stan

d co

mpa

rison

and

co

ntra

st

Nar

rativ

e w

ritin

g ba

sed

on a

pic

ture

D

esig

n –

book

co

vers

for s

torie

s an

d no

vels

Eclip

ses

Inte

rvie

w sk

ills

Iden

tifyi

ng a

pla

y an

d de

scrib

ing

its

feat

ures

and

co

ntra

sts

Exam

ine

sim

ilarit

ies

and

diff

eren

ces i

n va

rious

gen

res

Writ

ing

a le

tter t

o th

e ed

itor

Cla

ssifi

catio

n of

pr

ogra

mm

es

Pres

ent p

erfe

ct

tens

e

Ora

l pre

sent

atio

n/

repo

rt on

pla

ces o

f in

tere

st

Com

paris

on a

nd

cont

rast

ing

stor

y,

poem

, pla

y ge

nres

Prev

iew

voc

abul

ary

cons

onan

t ‘r’

ble

nds

Writ

ing

a le

tter o

f co

mpl

aint

and

m

akin

g re

com

men

datio

ns

Und

erst

andi

ng

visu

al m

edia

Pa

st p

erfe

ct te

nse

W

ritin

g an

d ac

ting

out a

scrip

t

Pref

ix a

nd S

uffix

Hom

opho

nes

Page 36: Language Arts (1)

CO

NTE

NT

FRA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R F

OR

M T

HR

EE

LA

NG

UA

GE

AR

TS C

UR

RIC

ULU

M

TE

RM

1

TH

EM

E:

Yout

h Cu

ltur

e

LIST

ENIN

G A

ND

SP

EAK

ING

R

EAD

ING

LITE

RA

TUR

E

WR

ITIN

G

M

EDIA

D

iscr

imin

ator

y Li

sten

ing

Fa

ct a

nd O

pini

on

Po

etry

– R

hyth

m a

nd

Rhy

me

Ex

posi

tory

B

roch

ure

C

ritic

al

List

enin

g

Res

earc

h Sk

ills

Poet

ry-L

itera

ry

Dev

ices

Pers

uasi

ve

A

dver

tisem

ent

C

ritic

al/D

iscr

imin

ator

y Li

sten

ing

In

fere

nce

Po

etry

-App

eal t

o th

e Se

nse

D

escr

iptiv

e

M

agaz

ine

Page 37: Language Arts (1)

CO

NTE

NT

FRA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R F

OR

M T

HR

EE

LA

NG

UA

GE

AR

TS C

UR

RIC

ULU

M

TE

RM

2

TH

EM

E:

Rel

atio

nshi

ps

LI

STEN

ING

AN

D

SPEA

KIN

G

R

EAD

ING

LITE

RA

TUR

E

WR

ITIN

G

M

EDIA

O

racy

Ski

lls

To

pic

Sent

ence

Po

int o

f Vie

w

A

rgum

enta

tive

Essa

y

TV

-Tal

k Sh

ows/

Pane

l

D

ebat

e

Su

mm

ary

skill

s

Se

tting

Fa

llaci

es

TV

-Tal

k

Show

s/Pa

nel

C

ritic

al L

iste

ning

C

ompa

rison

and

C

ontr

ast

R

ole

of C

hara

cter

Sp

eech

C

aric

atur

e

Page 38: Language Arts (1)

CO

NTE

NT

FRA

ME

WO

RK

FO

R F

OR

M T

HR

EE

LA

NG

UA

GE

AR

TS C

UR

RIC

ULU

M

TE

RM

3

TH

EM

E:

Care

ers

LI

STEN

ING

AN

D

SPEA

KIN

G

R

EAD

ING

LITE

RA

TUR

E

WR

ITIN

G

M

EDIA

Mon

olog

ue

Su

mm

ariz

ing

Pl

ot D

evel

opm

ent

N

arra

tive

H

eadl

ines

/Cap

tions

C

hora

l Spe

akin

g

C

ause

and

Effe

ct

So

urce

s of

Con

flict

Q

uest

ioni

ng

Skill

s

C

omic

Str

ips

Inte

rvie

win

g Sk

ills

A

pplic

atio

n Fo

rms

Sy

mbo

lism

Lette

r of I

nvita

tion

C

arto

ons

Page 39: Language Arts (1)

2 - 15

TOPICS AND OBJECTIVES FOR THE FORM THREE LANGUAGE ARTS CURRICULUM

TERM ONE

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Discriminatory Listening

Students will be able to:

- derive message and theme in a piece of music - become aware of the value of wholesome

lyrics - identify mood - make connections between rhythm, mood and

theme

READING

Fact and Opinion - differentiate between fact and opinion - perceive bias in writing - identify subjective language - be sensitized to the power of subjective

language

LITERATURE Poetry, Rhythm and Rythme

- identify metre - mark out rhythm in poems - identify the rhythm in poems - mark rhyme scheme - state types of rhyme scheme- quatrains, couplets, alternate

WRITING

Expository

- select relevant information - organise details selected - write an expository essay using information

gathered - develop an appreciation of varying

tastes in dress and music VISUAL LITERACY

Brochure

- list the characteristics of a brochure - use research information effectively in a

brochure - apply techniques of brochure design to make

one of their own - appreciate the value of collaborative effort

Page 40: Language Arts (1)

2 - 16

TERM ONE (cont’d)

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Critical Listening

- identify the associations that are made in jingles - identify the target group - indicate the purposes for which jingles are used

- give examples of the devices used in jingles - define jingles - use devices identified in the creation of their

own jingles

READING

Research Skills

- use a variety of media to conduct research

- organize information effectively - be sensitized to copyright laws

LITERATURE

Poetry-Literary Devices

- identify and use literacy devices

assonance alliteration personification

- analyse the effectiveness of language in poetry

- value the power of language

WRITING

Persuasive

- identify persuasive devices/techniques

- assess the impact of devices used - create an advertisement

VISUAL LITERACY

Advertisement

- identify technical devices used in advertisements - assess the impact of the devices used - create an advertisement for non-print media

Page 41: Language Arts (1)

2 - 17

TERM ONE (cont’d)

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Critical/Discriminatory listening

- identify theme and message in text - respond to language use - discriminate tone - discriminate mood

READING

Inference

- infer meaning from texts (proverbs, fiction, non-fiction excerpts) - become aware of implicit messages

LITERATURE

Poetry-appeal to The Sense

- identify language in poetry that appeals to the

senses - create poems using language that appeals to the

senses - analyse the poet's use of language to create

effect

WRITING

Descriptive

- use descriptive language to create sensory

impact - appreciate the power of words to create sensory

effect

VISUAL LITERACY

Magazine

- identify types of magazines

- list characteristics of a magazine - use research information to create a magazine

- apply the techniques of magazines design to create a magazine

Page 42: Language Arts (1)

2 - 18

TERM TWO

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Oracy Skills

- list the oracy skills of a good speaker - identify the characteristics of a good speaker - become aware of the need to be respectful of a speaker and his/her views.

READING

Topics Sentence

- identify the topic sentence in a paragraph/text - identify supporting details in a paragraph/text - explain the methods by which topic sentences can be developed

LITERATURE

Point of View

- identify different points of view - examine factors that influence point of view - empathize with others’ points of view

WRITING

Argumentative Essay

- generate main ideas for a given topic - identify supporting details - develop an argument on a chosen topic - use connectives to produce coherent writing

VISUAL LITERACY

TV-Talk Shows/Panel

- identify the features of a talk show/panel discussion - explore the composition of a panel/talk show - deduce the rules that govern formal discussion

Page 43: Language Arts (1)

2 - 19

TERM TWO (cont’d)

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Debate

- assess the validity of an argument - identify the argument - detect fallacies - deduce persuasive techniques - be aware of the importance of expressing their

views in a respectful manner

READING

Summary skills

- identify topic sentences - identify relevant details - use connectives to summarize main ideas into a cohesive unit

- categorize a group of items - summarize phrases and expressions into one

word

LITERATURE

Setting

- define the literary terms, setting and atmosphere - describe different types of setting

Place Time Atmosphere

- relate setting to plot and atmosphere

WRITING

Fallacies

- detect fallacies used in arguments

bandwagon circular argument

- define the terms, bandwagon and circular argument - present logical arguments - become more critical in their thinking

VISUAL LITERACY

TV-Talk Shows/Panel

- identify the features of a talk show/panel discussion - explore the composition of a panel/talk show - deduce the rules that govern formal discussion

Page 44: Language Arts (1)

2 - 20

TERM TWO (cont’d)

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Critical Listening

- list the purpose for which a speech can be given - associate types of speech with their purpose and distinguishing features - assess the delivery of a speech - appreciate the importance of using the voice effectively

READING

Comparison and Contrast

- examine similarities and differences in texts - group texts based on their similarities and differences - become more discerning individuals

LITERATURE

Role of Character

- identify types of characters

minor major

- define the term, “role” - examine roles played by characters - value the contribution of individuals in society

- empathize with others

WRITING

Speech

- deduce the format of a speech - develop a sense of audience - identify the purpose for writing - write a speech - become aware of the link between

language audience purpose

VISUAL LITERACY

Caricature

- define the term, “caricature” - state the functions of caricature

- identify the message sent through caricature - become aware of the built-in bias in caricature - become sensitive to the negative effects of caricaturing

Page 45: Language Arts (1)

2 - 21

TERM THREE

Skills

Topics

Objectives LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Monologues

- use language to communicate a message to an audience. - use tone, mood, pitch, volume, pace effectively when communicating with an audience. - value their voice as an organ for communication - develop confidence and poise when performing before an audience

- develop self-esteem - demonstrate an understanding of

the purpose and function of monologues READING

Summarizing

- summarize text - appreciate the value of concise language

LITERATURE

Plot Development

- identify the main events of a text - analyse plot development - determine the relationship between story structure and author’s intention - analyse the purpose and function of different parts

of a text

WRITING

Narration

- generate and develop ideas - use language effectively to make story vivid and appealing to audience

- create a story using a headline from a newspaper

VISUAL LITERACY

Headlines/Captions

- state the purpose of headlines and captions - describe techniques used in the creation of headlines and captions - create headlines and captions for chosen articles and pictures - value the power of concise language - Prior to lesson, collect photos with captions from newspapers - create a code to connect caption and photo

Page 46: Language Arts (1)

2 - 22

TERM THREE (cont’d)

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Choral Speaking

- pronounce words correctly - enunciate clearly - use words to create effect - appreciate language as an efficient vehicle to communicate tone, mood, atmosphere and message - appreciate the value of working as a team - appreciate the importance of synchronization

READING

Cause and Effect

- determine cause and effect relationships - deduce the effects of stated causes - deduce the cause/s of stated effects

LITERATURE

Sources of Conflict

- identify and explore sources of conflict - determine appropriate resolution to conflict situations - deduce the impact of conflict on individuals, societies and institutions - appreciate the importance of being self-disciplined - appreciate the value of peace and harmony - appreciate the role of conflict in life

WRITING

Questioning

- frame questions accurately - use different methods to frame questions:

Inversion Question tags:

Who/what/where/when/how - demonstrate effective questioning skills

VISUAL LITERACY

Comic Strips

- state the features of comic strips - explain the functions of comic strips - outline the devices used in comic strips - create comic strips using devices outlined

Page 47: Language Arts (1)

2 - 23

TERM THREE (cont’d)

Skills

Topics

Objectives

LISTENING/ SPEAKING

Interviewing Skills

- ask precise, unambiguous questions to obtain information - deduce significant details from responses given - respond appropriately to responses received - demonstrate respect for the other person during

the interview

READING Application Forms - interpret information on forms - deduce the meaning of standard abbreviations used on forms - identify how information is organized on forms - appreciate the usefulness of forms - categorize information needed on forms - complete forms accurately - create forms to access data - appreciate the importance of honesty when completing forms

LITERATURE Symbolism - identify the literary device – symbols - explain the meaning of this literary device when used - use this literary device effectively - appreciate the impact of its use in speech and writing - develop an appreciation of literary works

WRITING Letter of Invitation - use the format for writing formal letters to frame a letter of invitation - identify the essential details needed in a letter of invitation - use language appropriate for a formal letter - make appropriate choice of stationery - demonstrate suitable addressing system on envelope - appreciate the importance of presentation when writing formal letters

VISUAL LITERACY

Cartoons - state the features of cartoons - explain the functions of cartoons - outline the devices used in cartoons - explain the procedure used in the creation of cartoons - discern the impact that cartoons can have on the viewer

Page 48: Language Arts (1)

TH

EM

E:

YO

UTH

CU

LTU

RE

(1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S C

RIT

ICA

L/

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

LIS

TE

NIN

G

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

PO

ET

RY

-RH

YT

HM

E

XPO

SIT

ION

B

RO

CH

UR

E

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O B J E C T I V E S

- de

rive

mes

sage

and

th

eme

in a

pie

ce o

f mus

ic

- be

com

e aw

are

of th

e va

lue

of w

hole

som

e ly

rics

- id

entif

y di

ffer

ent t

ypes

of

moo

d -

mak

e co

nnec

tions

be

twee

n rh

ythm

, moo

d an

d th

eme

- di

ffer

entia

te b

etw

een

fact

an

d op

inio

n -

perc

eive

bia

s in

writ

ing

- id

entif

y su

bjec

tive

lang

uage

-

be se

nsiti

zed

to th

e po

wer

of

subj

ectiv

e la

ngua

ge

- id

entif

y m

etre

-

mar

k ou

t rhy

thm

in

poem

s -

iden

tify

the

rhyt

hm in

poe

ms

- m

ark

rhym

e sc

hem

e -

stat

e ty

pes o

f rhy

me

sche

me

-

qua

train

s

-

c

oupl

ets

-

alte

rnat

e

- se

lect

rele

vant

in

form

atio

n -

orga

nize

det

ails

se

lect

ed

- w

rite

an e

xpos

itory

es

say

usin

g in

form

atio

n ga

ther

ed

- de

velo

p an

ap

prec

iatio

n of

va

ryin

g ta

stes

in

dres

s and

mus

ic

- lis

t the

cha

ract

eris

tics

of a

bro

chur

e -

use

rese

arch

in

form

atio

n ef

fect

ivel

y in

a

broc

hure

-

appl

y te

chni

ques

of

broc

hure

des

ign

to

crea

te a

bro

chur

e

- ap

prec

iate

the

valu

e of

col

labo

rativ

e ef

fort

LA

NG

UA

GE

AR

TS

CU

RR

ICU

LU

M

TE

RM

ON

E

Page 49: Language Arts (1)

T

HE

ME

: YO

UTH

CO

ULT

UR

E (1

) ST

RA

ND

S L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

R

EA

DIN

G

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

LIS

TE

NIN

G

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

P

OE

TR

Y

RH

YT

HM

AN

D R

HY

ME

EX

POSI

TIO

N

B

RO

CH

UR

E

S T

R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• A

var

iety

of

a

ppro

pria

te m

usic

is

pla

yed

• St

uden

ts se

lect

one

pie

ce

of m

usic

and

in a

gro

up,

usin

g a

teac

her-

mad

e ch

eckl

ist,

they

iden

tify

the

them

e of

the

piec

e •

Stud

ents

pre

sent

ora

lly to

cl

ass,

just

ifyin

g th

eme

chos

en.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

A m

edle

y is

pla

yed

Stud

ents

bea

t the

rhyt

hm

by c

lapp

ing/

drum

min

g/

tapp

ing

feet

. •

Stud

ents

rela

te rh

ythm

to

the

them

e.

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

writ

er’s

us

e of

lang

uage

. •

Stud

ents

iden

tify

the

reas

on/s

for w

riter

’s u

se

of e

mot

ive

wor

ds

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

list

en to

shor

t st

ory

that

is n

arra

ted

from

m

ultip

le p

ersp

ectiv

es.

• St

uden

ts ro

le-p

lay

the

diff

eren

t sto

ries.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

roup

ed a

nd

give

n T-

char

t

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

RH

YTH

M

• St

uden

ts li

sten

to H

aiku

an

d C

inqu

aine

poe

ms

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y di

stin

guis

hing

feat

ures

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

form

ula

for p

oem

Stud

ents

are

put

in

grou

ps to

writ

e ei

ther

a

Cin

quai

ne o

r Hai

ku

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y ea

ch

sylla

ble

in th

eir p

oem

. •

Stud

ents

read

thei

r poe

m

expr

essi

vely

, with

a

focu

s on

com

mun

icat

ing

the

rhyt

hm

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Topi

c de

cide

d on

by

teac

her a

nd

stud

ents

e.g

. “D

ress

or M

usic

fr

om th

e si

xtie

s to

the

pres

ent.”

Stud

ents

are

in

drod

uced

to th

e st

rate

gy -C

UBI

NG

CU

BIN

G

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

F

IELD

TR

IP

• V

isit

an a

dver

tisin

g ag

ency

R

ESO

UR

CE

PE

RSO

NN

EL

• In

vite

reso

urce

pe

rson

nel t

o cl

ass t

o ob

tain

info

rmat

ion

abou

t fea

ture

s and

de

sign

of a

bro

chur

e SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

exa

min

e di

ffer

ent b

roch

ures

an

d m

ake

a lis

t of

char

acte

ristic

s W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts p

rese

nt li

sted

in

form

atio

n

Lan

guag

e A

rts C

urri

culu

m

TE

RM

ON

E

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Em

otiv

e la

ngua

ge

- D

efin

ition

-

Eff

ect o

f use

of

Em

otiv

e la

ngua

ge

Page 50: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

LIS

TE

NIN

G

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

PO

ET

RY

R

HY

TH

M

AN

D R

HY

ME

E

XPO

SIT

ION

BR

OC

HU

RE

S T R

A

T E G I E S

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• M

usic

is p

laye

d ag

ain.

Thin

k Sh

eets

are

di

strib

uted

. •

Stud

ents

con

nect

rhyt

hm

to m

ood.

C

alyp

so

Wal

tz

Love

so

ng

Dir

ge

Rap

• St

uden

ts se

lect

em

otiv

e w

ords

Stud

ents

ext

ract

fa

ctua

l and

opi

nion

st

atem

ents

from

stor

ies

• St

uden

ts c

ateg

oriz

e st

atem

ents

on

T-ch

arts

. W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

e te

rm ‘b

ias’

Stud

ents

exp

lore

how

la

ngua

ge c

an b

e us

ed

to m

anip

ulat

e th

ough

ts

and

actio

n e.

g po

litic

al sp

eech

es

ser

mon

s

adv

ertis

emen

ts

WH

OL

E C

LA

SS W

OR

K

• Ta

ped

poem

s or

song

s are

pla

yed

e.g.

“T

aran

tella

“And

Now

” •

Poem

on

char

t is

plac

ed o

n th

e ch

alkb

oard

Rhy

thm

of t

he p

oem

is

mar

ked

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• C

opie

s of p

oem

- “E

duca

tion

is C

ool”

ar

e gi

ven

to st

uden

ts.

• St

uden

ts m

ark

out t

he

rhyt

hm o

f the

poe

m

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

RH

YME

Stud

ents

are

pla

ced

in sm

all g

roup

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

roup

ed

and

allo

wed

to c

hoos

e ar

ea o

n th

e cu

be to

ex

plor

e

• In

form

atio

n is

co

llate

d in

the

form

of

a c

heck

list o

n th

e ch

alkb

oard

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Usi

ng in

form

atio

n fr

om W

RIT

ING

U

NIT

, stu

dent

s cr

eate

a b

roch

ure,

us

ing

chec

klis

t as a

gu

ide

MIN

I –LE

SSO

N

Sylla

bica

tion

Rule

s

MIN

I LES

SON

-

Exam

inat

ion

of

term

s on

cub

e -

Dis

cuss

ion

of

area

s of

the

cube

-

Con

trib

utio

n of

ar

eas

of th

e cu

be to

the

deve

lopm

ent o

f th

e to

pic

Exc

ited

Hap

py

Sad

Ref

lect

ive

Mel

anch

olic

Ang

ry

Con

cern

ed

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E:

YO

UTH

CU

LTU

RE

(1)

Page 51: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

S

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

LIS

TE

NIN

G

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

PO

ET

RY

R

HY

TH

M

AN

D R

HY

ME

E

XPO

SIT

ION

BR

OC

HU

RE

S T

R

A

T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• S

tude

nts c

hoos

e a

piec

e

of m

usic

Stud

ents

iden

tify

the

rhyt

hm, t

hem

e, m

ood

• St

uden

ts p

repa

re fo

r pe

rfor

man

ce o

f pie

ce o

f ch

osen

mus

ic

IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

• St

uden

ts c

reat

e a

shor

t pa

ssag

e em

ploy

ing

emot

ive

lang

uage

Stud

ents

mak

e cl

ass

pres

enta

tion.

Feed

back

is g

iven

by

peer

s and

teac

her.

• St

anza

s of L

imer

icks

an

d C

lerih

ews a

re

give

n to

eac

h gr

oup

alon

g w

ith a

writ

ten

task

T

ASK

N

ote

sim

ilarit

y in

so

und

of e

nd

wor

ds.

D

evis

e a

way

to

indi

cate

wor

ds

whi

ch a

re si

mila

r in

soun

d

Rep

rese

nt

findi

ngs

grap

hica

lly

R

epor

t on

findi

ngs

Id

entif

y ty

pes o

f rh

yme

sche

me

• Li

brar

y w

ork

– re

sear

ch o

n ch

osen

to

pic/

area

Indi

vidu

al g

roup

s m

ake

chal

kboa

rd

pres

enta

tion

putti

ng id

eas o

n th

e cu

be to

geth

er

• U

sing

info

rmat

ion

from

the

cube

, st

uden

ts w

rite

a pl

an fo

r an

expo

sito

ry e

ssay

MIN

I LES

SON

G

RA

MM

AR

Type

s of

Se

nten

ces

• Te

nse

Pre

sent

Pa

st

• Vo

ice

Pas

sive

act

ive

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E:

YO

UTH

CU

LTU

RE

(1)

Page 52: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

S

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

LIS

TE

NIN

G

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

POE

TR

Y

RH

YT

HM

AN

D R

HY

ME

E

XPO

SIT

ION

BR

OC

HU

RE

S T

R

A

T E G I E S

• St

uden

ts w

rite

thei

r fir

st d

raft.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- M

arki

ng a

rh

yme

sche

me

in a

po

em

- Ex

plan

atio

n of

type

s of

rhym

e sc

hem

e:

- qua

train

,

-

coup

let,

-al

tern

ate

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E:

YO

UTH

CU

LTU

RE

(1)

Page 53: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

S

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

D

ISC

RIM

INA

TO

RY

L

IST

EN

ING

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

POE

TR

Y

RH

YT

HM

AN

D R

HY

ME

E

XPO

SIT

ION

BR

OC

HU

RE

E

V

A

L

U

A

T I O

N

• G

roup

per

form

ance

of

mus

ical

pie

ce

Ora

l dis

cuss

ion

of

mes

sage

and

moo

d of

a

piec

e of

mus

ic

• Id

entif

icat

ion

of

fact

s/bi

as in

one

of

the

follo

win

g te

xts

• ne

wsp

aper

arti

cle,

lette

r to

the

Edito

r •

spee

ch,

• w

ritte

n

• co

nver

satio

n

• C

reat

ion

of e

ither

a

limer

ick

or

cler

ihew

Iden

tific

atio

n of

rh

ythm

in a

giv

en

poem

• W

ritin

g of

an

expo

sito

ry e

ssay

• D

ispl

ay o

f br

ochu

res

Eval

uatio

n of

pr

oces

s –

-org

aniz

atio

n

skill

s

-col

labo

rativ

e

skill

s -a

bilit

y to

p

rese

nt i

deas

e

ffec

tivel

y

-par

ticip

atio

n

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

CAL

YPSO

CLA

SSIC

AL M

USI

C

• D

IRG

E

• LO

VE S

ON

G

• RA

P •

TAPE

REC

ORD

ER

• C

ASSE

TTES

THIN

K S

HEE

TS

• C

HEC

KLI

ST

STO

RY

• T

– C

HAR

T •

WRI

TTEN

TEX

TS

POET

RY T

EXT

Bi

te-I

n

S

un-S

ong

T

alk

Of T

he

T

amar

inds

TAPE

D P

OEM

:

“E

duca

tion

Is

C

ool”

CH

ARTS

SON

GS

• C

ALYP

SO

• RA

P

CU

BE

• IN

TERN

ET

• W

RITT

EN T

EXT

mag

azin

e

ne

wsp

aper

ency

clop

edia

• RE

SOU

RCE

PERS

ON

NEL

Li

brar

ian

Mus

ic te

ache

r

CO

MPU

TER

• SA

MPL

E BR

OC

HU

RES

RESO

URC

E

P

ERSO

NN

EL

• C

HEC

KLI

ST

• W

RITT

EN

TEXT

S

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E:

YO

UTH

CU

LTU

RE

(1)

Page 54: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

D

ISC

RIM

INA

TO

RY

L

IST

EN

ING

FA

CT

AN

D O

PIN

ION

POE

TR

Y

RH

YT

HM

AN

D R

HY

ME

E

XPO

SIT

ION

BR

OC

HU

RE

I N

T

E

G

R

A

T

I N

G

C

U

R

R I C

U

L

A

R

A

C

T I V I T I E S

• M

USI

C

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y •

EDU

CAT

ION

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• M

USI

C

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

EDU

CAT

ION

• M

ATH

S

SOC

IAL

STU

DIE

S

• AR

T

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

TE

RM

ON

E

T

HE

ME

: Y

OU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (1

)

Page 55: Language Arts (1)

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

RE

SEA

RC

H S

KIL

LS

LA

NG

UA

GE

IN

POE

TR

Y

LIT

ER

AR

Y D

EV

ICE

S

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

A

DV

ER

TIS

EM

EN

TS

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O B J E C T I V E S

- id

entif

y th

e as

soci

atio

ns th

at a

re

mad

e in

jing

les

- id

entif

y ta

rget

gro

ups

- in

dica

te th

e pu

rpos

e fo

r w

hich

jing

les a

re u

sed

- gi

ve e

xam

ples

of t

he

devi

ces u

sed

in ji

ngle

s -

defin

e th

e te

rm

“jin

gles

” -

use

devi

ces i

dent

ified

in

the

crea

tion

of a

jin

gle

- us

e a

varie

ty o

f med

ia

to c

ondu

ct re

sear

ch

- or

gani

ze in

form

atio

n ef

fect

ivel

y -

be se

nsiti

zed

to

copy

right

law

s

- id

entif

y an

d us

e lit

erar

y de

vice

s

ass

onan

ce

alli

tera

tion

per

soni

ficat

ion

- an

alys

e th

e ef

fect

iven

ess o

f la

ngua

ge in

poe

try

- va

lue

the

pow

er o

f la

ngua

ge

- id

entif

y pe

rsua

sive

de

vice

s/te

chni

ques

-

asse

ss th

e im

pact

of

devi

ces u

sed

- cr

eate

an

adve

rtise

men

t

- id

entif

y te

chni

cal

d

evic

es u

sed

in

adv

ertis

emen

ts

- as

sess

the

impa

ct o

f th

e de

vice

s use

d -

crea

te a

n ad

verti

sem

ent f

or

non-

prin

t med

ia-

tele

visi

on, r

adio

T

ER

M O

NE

Page 56: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

RE

SEA

RC

H S

KIL

LS

L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

A

DV

ER

TIS

EM

EN

TS

S T

R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

SKE

TCH

-TO

-STR

ETC

H

• A

jing

le is

pla

yed

twic

e.

• St

uden

ts sk

etch

the

asso

ciat

ed im

ages

that

ar

e cr

eate

d in

thei

r m

inds

. •

Stud

ents

dis

play

and

gi

ve o

ral e

xpla

natio

ns

of th

eir s

ketc

hes

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

e gr

oups

targ

eted

in th

e jin

gle

PAIR

ED

AC

TIV

ITY

• A

var

iety

of j

ingl

es is

pl

ayed

. •

Stud

ents

mak

e lis

ts o

f po

ssib

le re

ason

s for

ea

ch ji

ngle

. •

Teac

her m

aps s

tude

nts’

co

ntrib

utio

ns o

f pu

rpos

es o

f jin

gles

on

the

chal

kboa

rd

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

CO

NC

EPT

MA

PPIN

G-

AB

CD

AR

IUM

Stud

ents

are

gro

uped

and

as

sign

ed fi

ve le

tters

of

the

alph

abet

to u

se a

s st

imul

us fo

r br

ains

torm

ing

chos

en

topi

c:

“Mus

ic a

nd D

ress

from

th

e Si

xtie

s to

the

Pres

ent”

G

roup

1 –

A –

E

Gro

up 2

– F

– J

Stud

ents

map

in

form

atio

n ga

ther

ed fo

r pr

esen

tatio

n

e.g.

A

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

G

AM

E –

TO

NG

UE

-TW

ISTE

RS

(alli

tera

tion)

Stud

ents

repe

at fa

mili

ar

tong

ue tw

iste

rs

• St

uden

ts u

se c

onso

nant

s of

the

alph

abet

to c

reat

e to

ngue

-twis

ters

Stud

ents

bea

t out

rhyt

hm

of to

ngue

-twis

ter

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

C

OM

PETI

TIO

N

• C

lass

is d

ivid

ed in

to tw

o an

d th

e gr

oups

com

pete

to

det

erm

ine

- w

hich

gro

up c

an c

reat

e th

e lo

nges

t ton

gue-

twis

ter

- w

hich

gro

up c

an sa

y

the

tong

ue-tw

iste

r in

th

e fa

stes

t pos

sibl

e

tim

e

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

sa

mpl

es o

f ad

verti

sem

ents

from

di

ffer

ent m

edia

alo

ng

with

gui

ding

que

stio

ns

to st

imul

ate

disc

ussi

ons

on d

evic

es u

sed

in

adve

rtise

men

ts

- ne

wsp

aper

-

tele

visi

on

- ra

dio

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

crea

te a

n ad

verti

sem

ent f

or

non-

prin

t med

ia –

te

levi

sion

or r

adio

Stud

ents

are

giv

en a

lis

t of p

rodu

cts t

o ch

oose

from

and

te

chni

cal d

evic

es

whi

ch c

an b

e in

clud

ed in

thei

r ad

verti

sem

ents

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- Th

e ps

ycho

logy

of

ad

vert

isem

ents

-

The

appe

al to

sp

ecifi

c ne

eds

and

desi

res

an

glai

s

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

) T

ER

M O

NE

Page 57: Language Arts (1)

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

TO

PIC

S

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

R

ESE

AR

CH

SK

ILL

S

LA

NG

UA

GE

IN

POE

TR

Y

LIT

ER

AR

Y D

EV

ICE

S

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

A

DV

ER

TIS

EM

EN

TS

S T R

A

T E G I E S

ent

erta

in

inf

orm

inci

te

p

ersu

ade

W

OR

KSH

OP

AC

TIV

ITY

• O

ne ji

ngle

is p

laye

d •

Cop

ies o

f the

jing

le a

re

dist

ribut

ed

• G

iven

a c

heck

list,

stud

ents

ana

lyze

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of t

he

devi

ces u

sed

in th

e jin

gle

B

C

D

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts w

rite

defin

ition

of

allit

erat

ion.

Stud

ents

iden

tify

func

tions

of

allit

erat

ion.

W

HO

LE

CL

ASS

WO

RK

LI

STE

NIN

G A

CTI

VIT

Y (A

SSO

NA

NC

E)

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of a

sele

ctio

n of

ver

ses

• St

uden

ts li

sten

to

vers

es re

ad b

y te

ache

r. •

Stud

ents

iden

tify

repe

ated

soun

ds a

nd

unde

rline

the

wor

ds

with

the

soun

ds

• St

uden

ts d

raw

co

nclu

sion

s abo

ut

wha

t is i

dent

ified

CLA

SS D

ISC

USS

ION

Stud

ents

will

dis

cuss

fin

ding

s and

nam

e th

e de

vice

s/te

chni

ques

C

HA

LKB

OA

RD

WO

RK

Stud

ents

exa

min

e th

ree

diff

eren

t adv

ertis

emen

ts

sele

cted

by

the

teac

her

• St

uden

ts w

ill id

entif

y th

e m

ost e

ffec

tive

adve

rtise

men

t and

just

ify

thei

r cho

ice

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts c

reat

e an

ad

verti

sem

ent f

or a

pr

oduc

t of t

heir

choi

ce

Mus

ic

co

lor

Font

so

und

e

ffec

ts

la

yout

i

mag

es

batik

crin

olin

e

Can

-cam

d

enim

dung

aree

s

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- E

xpla

natio

n of

use

and

impa

ct o

f

tec

hnic

al d

evic

es

TE

RM

ON

E

Page 58: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

C

RIT

ICA

L

LIS

TE

NT

ING

R

ESE

AR

CH

SK

ILL

S L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

A

DV

ER

TIS

EM

EN

TS

S T

R

A

T E G I E S

• O

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

of

devi

ces i

dent

ified

in th

e jin

gle

E

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y as

pect

s of t

he to

pics

fo

r ind

ivid

ual

rese

arch

. •

Stud

ents

bra

inst

orm

so

urce

s of

info

rmat

ion

- in

tern

et, m

agaz

ine,

ne

wsp

aper

, peo

ple

in

thei

r nei

ghbo

urho

od

• R

esea

rch

Wor

k -

Stud

ents

con

duct

re

sear

ch o

n ch

osen

as

pect

s of t

he to

pic

• St

uden

ts c

reat

e a

defin

ition

Stud

ents

poi

nt o

ut

diff

eren

ces b

etw

een

the

two

devi

ces -

al

liter

atio

n an

d as

sona

nce

• St

uden

ts c

reat

e on

e se

nten

ce sh

owin

g th

e us

e of

ass

onan

ce

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of a

suita

ble

song

, e.g

. “C

olor

of

the

win

d” o

r vie

w a

n ap

prop

riate

ad

verti

sem

ent

Stud

ents

list

en to

so

ng/v

iew

a v

ideo

of

the

song

Stud

ents

mak

e pr

esen

tatio

n an

d ar

e ev

alua

ted

by th

eir

peer

s

CH

EC

KLI

ST:-

-

WO

RD

CH

OIC

E

- U

SE O

F M

USI

C

- U

SE O

F

EX

AG

GE

RA

TIO

N

- U

SE O

F

RE

PETI

TIO

N

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

GR

AM

MA

R

-

impe

rativ

e m

ood

-

adv

erbi

al

phr

ase/

c

laus

es

-

adje

ctiv

al

ph

rase

s/cl

ause

s

DEV

ICES

U

SED

IN

JIN

GLE

Exam

ple

Exam

ple

e

yele

t

edg

ing

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

)

Page 59: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

RE

SEA

RC

H S

KIL

LS

LA

NG

UA

GE

IN

POE

TR

Y

LIT

ER

AR

Y D

EV

ICE

S

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

AD

VE

RT

ISE

ME

NT

S

S T

R

A

T E G I E S

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

• Pr

esen

tatio

n by

re

sour

ce p

erso

n fr

om

(CO

TT) -

Cop

yrig

ht

Org

aniz

atio

n of

Tr

inid

ad a

nd T

obag

o

• St

uden

ts a

sk q

uest

ions

. •

Stud

ents

use

not

e-ta

king

stra

tegi

es to

co

llate

info

rmat

ion

for

a w

ritte

n re

port

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• Ea

ch st

uden

t writ

es a

de

finiti

on o

f a ji

ngle

• S

tude

nts v

iew

/list

en to

id

entif

y th

e hu

man

act

ions

or q

ualit

ies

dis

play

ed b

y an

imal

s or

inan

imat

e th

ings

e.g

.

the

moo

n”

• St

uden

ts li

sten

to

song

/vie

w v

ideo

s aga

in

with

the

sam

e fo

cus

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss

obse

rvat

ions

and

fo

rmul

ate

defin

ition

of

“per

soni

ficat

ion”

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K •

Stud

ents

iden

tify

exam

ples

of

pers

onifi

catio

n fr

om a

se

lect

ion

of v

erse

s e.g

.

Spid

er a

nd th

e F

ly”

or “

The

Fla

ttere

d

Fly

ing

Fis

h”

- St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

e ef

fect

of t

he u

se o

f pe

rson

ifica

tion

in th

e ve

rses

e.g

. to

mak

e

imag

es m

ore

vivi

d

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

NO

TE-T

AK

ING

ST

RA

TEG

IES

-

OH

RA

TS”

-

DIA

-

KW

L -

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N

GA

THE

RIN

G M

AP,

- C

OLL

AB

OR

ATI

VE

N

OTE

-TA

KIN

G

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

)

Page 60: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

R

ESE

AR

CH

SK

ILL

S L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

AD

VE

RT

ISE

ME

NT

S

E

V A L U A T I O N

- C

reat

ion

of a

jing

le u

sing

so

me

of th

e de

vice

s id

entif

ied

- O

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

of

jingl

es

- Ev

alua

tion

of g

roup

wor

k pr

oces

s

- D

ispl

ay o

f in

form

atio

n ga

ther

ed

usin

g re

sear

ch

stra

tegi

es

Cha

rts

conc

ept

m

aps

- R

esea

rch

on a

cho

sen

topi

c -

Shor

t ans

wer

re

spon

ses o

n re

sear

ch

topi

c

- C

reat

ion

of te

xts

(adv

ertis

emen

ts, p

oem

s, so

ngs,

para

grap

hs) u

sing

ex

ampl

es o

f the

lite

racy

de

vice

s eff

ectiv

ely

- C

reat

ion

of il

lust

ratio

n to

sh

ow a

n ob

ject

that

has

be

en p

erso

nifie

d

- C

reat

ion

of a

n ad

verti

sem

ent.

- Ev

alua

tion

of a

n ad

verti

sem

ent w

hich

th

ey d

o no

t con

side

r ef

fect

ive

usin

g on

e of

th

e fo

llow

ing:

ME

THO

DS

OF

PR

ESE

NTA

TIO

N

Che

cklis

t

Writ

ten

O

ral

Pres

enta

tion

Iden

tific

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

that

can

be

dee

med

of

fens

ive

by th

e co

nsum

er.

Just

ifica

tion

of

thei

r cho

ice

- Te

ache

r eva

luat

ion

of p

rodu

ct.

- Te

ache

r eva

luat

ion

of p

roce

ss

• C

reat

ion

of V

enn

Dia

gram

to sh

ow th

e co

mm

on

char

acte

ristic

s of

med

ia

adve

rtise

men

ts.

CH

EC

KLI

ST T

O

ASS

ESS

TH

E

PRO

CE

SS

- w

illin

g to

list

en

to

oth

er v

iew

s -

abi

lity

to

parti

cipa

te

- w

illin

g to

ex

plor

e -

abili

ty to

pe

rsev

ere

- w

illin

g to

co

ntri

bute

idea

s -

abili

ty to

or

gani

ze.

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

)

Page 61: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

S

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

R

ESE

AR

CH

SK

ILL

S L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

PE

RSU

ASI

ON

AD

VE

RT

ISE

ME

NT

S

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

• C

ASSE

TTE

PLAY

ER

• TA

PED

JIN

GLE

S •

RAD

IO

• C

HEC

KLI

STS

• C

OPI

ES O

F JI

NG

LES

• C

OM

PUTE

R •

ENC

YCLO

PAED

IA

• W

RITT

EN T

EXTS

RESO

URC

E PE

RSO

NN

EL

e.

g. F

ashi

on

Des

igne

rs

• SO

NG

VID

EOS

• PO

EMS

e.g.

"T

he F

lyin

g F

ish"

"T

he S

pide

r and

The

F

ly"

• EL

ECTR

ON

IC

MED

IA

• N

EWSP

APER

MAG

AZIN

ES

I N

T

E

G

R

A

T

I N

C

G

U R

R I C

U

L

A

A

R

C

T

I V

T I E S

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SC

IEN

CE

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• M

USI

C

• AR

T •

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

EDU

CAT

ION

SOC

IAL

STU

DIE

S

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• AR

T •

MAT

HS

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (2

)

Page 62: Language Arts (1)

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (3

)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

C

RIT

ICA

L A

ND

D

ISC

RIM

INA

TO

RY

C

RIT

ICA

L A

ND

D

ISC

RIM

INA

TO

RY

L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

D

ESC

RIP

TIO

N

M

AG

AZ

INE

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O B J E C T I V E S

- id

entif

y th

eme

and

mes

sage

in te

xt

- re

spon

d to

lang

uage

use

-

disc

rimin

ate

tone

s -

disc

rimin

ate

moo

ds

-

infe

r mea

ning

from

te

xts

- pr

over

bs,

fictio

n, n

on-f

ictio

n

-

di

scer

n im

plic

it

mes

sage

s

- id

entif

y la

ngua

ge in

po

etry

that

app

eals

to

the

sens

es

- cr

eate

poe

ms u

sing

la

ngua

ge th

at a

ppea

ls to

th

e se

nses

-

anal

yse

the

poet

's us

e of

lang

uage

to c

reat

e ef

fect

- us

e de

scrip

tive

lang

uage

to c

reat

e se

nsor

y im

pact

-

appr

ecia

te th

e po

wer

of

wor

ds to

cre

ate

sens

ory

effe

ct

- i

dent

ify ty

pes o

f

m

agaz

ines

-

lis

t cha

ract

eris

tics

o

f mag

azin

e -

use

info

rmat

ion

ga

ined

thro

ugh

rese

arch

to

crea

te a

mag

azin

e -

app

ly th

e

tec

hniq

ues o

f

mag

azin

e de

sign

to

crea

te a

mag

azin

e

TE

RM

ON

E

Page 63: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

S L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

R

EA

DIN

G

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

CR

ITIC

AL

AN

D

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

IN

FER

EN

CE

L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

MA

GA

ZIN

E

S T R A T E G I E S

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

list

en to

tape

d te

xt

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

sele

ctio

n of

thre

e or

four

op

tions

from

whi

ch to

ch

oose

one

cor

rect

th

eme

• Ta

ped

text

is re

play

ed.

• St

uden

ts a

nd te

ache

rs

disc

uss t

heir

choi

ce.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

RE

AD

ALO

UD

Teac

her r

eads

text

Stud

ents

resp

ond

to te

xt

by a

nsw

erin

g th

e fo

llow

ing

ques

tions

:

- W

hat d

oes i

t mea

n

t

o yo

u?

-

How

doe

s it m

ake

y

ou fe

el?

-

Wha

t doe

s the

text

re

min

d y

ou o

f?

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

TH

EA

TRE

SPO

RTS

Som

e ob

ject

s are

pl

aced

on

the

teac

her's

tabl

e e.

g. an

um

brel

la, a

ba

ndan

a, a

bow

l

• A

stud

ent s

elec

ts

one

and

uses

it fo

r a

purp

ose

othe

r tha

n th

e on

e in

tend

ed

• C

lass

sugg

ests

wha

t th

e ob

ject

has

be

com

e W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of a

n ex

perim

ent f

rom

a

Scie

nce

text

Cla

ss d

iscu

ssio

n on

ob

serv

atio

ns d

raw

n fr

om th

e ac

tivity

w

hich

was

don

e

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

C

ON

CR

ETE

PO

EM

S •

Teac

her s

how

s an

exam

ple

of a

con

cret

e po

em.

- “

Ligh

tnin

g”

Stud

ents

bra

inst

orm

the

othe

r wor

ds/p

hras

es th

at

are

asso

ciat

ed w

ith th

e su

bjec

t of t

he p

oem

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

F

IVE

SE

NSE

PO

EM

Stud

ents

are

gui

ded

to

crea

te se

nsor

y im

ages

in

a fi

ve se

nse

poem

. •

Stud

ents

are

take

n ou

tsid

e •

They

stop

at a

var

iety

of

scen

ic sp

ot, e

.g. a

t a

poui

tree

in b

loom

Stud

ents

focu

s on

one

and

resp

ond

to th

e fo

llow

ing

ques

tions

: -

Wha

t do

you

see?

-

Wha

t do

you

hear

? -

How

doe

s it s

mel

l?

- H

ow d

oes t

he sc

ene

mak

e yo

u fe

el?

St

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

use

ext

ende

d se

nten

ces a

nd fi

gura

tive

lang

uage

.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

sam

ples

of

mag

azin

es e

.g.

Spor

ts, F

ashi

on

mag

azin

es

• St

uden

ts b

rain

stor

m

wha

t the

y no

tice

abou

t the

type

s of

mag

azin

es

• U

sing

a c

once

pt

web

, the

teac

her

high

light

s the

ch

arac

teris

tics o

f a

fash

ion

mag

azin

e

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (3

)

Page 64: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

CR

ITIC

AL

AN

D

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

IN

FER

EN

CE

L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

MA

GA

ZIN

E

S T

R

A

T E G I E S

• R

espo

nses

to e

ach

are

map

ped

on to

cha

lkbo

ard

• St

uden

ts d

raw

co

nclu

sion

s tha

t peo

ple

resp

ond

to te

xts i

n di

ffer

ent w

ays

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

G

AM

E: “

Lets

cha

nge

the

tone

” •

Stud

ents

stan

d in

a c

ircle

One

stud

ents

mak

es a

st

atem

ent i

n a

parti

cula

r to

ne e

.g.

-

Hap

py

- Sa

d -

Con

cern

ed

• Ea

ch st

uden

t, in

turn

re

peat

s the

stat

emen

t ch

angi

ng th

e to

ne

• St

uden

ts c

oncl

ude

that

a

sing

le st

atem

ent c

an b

e sa

id in

diff

eren

t ton

es

• St

uden

ts u

se

info

rmat

ion

give

n in

ex

perim

ent t

o dr

aw

infe

renc

es

• In

fere

nces

are

not

ed o

n th

e ch

alkb

oard

Stud

ents

not

e fa

ctor

s w

hich

con

tribu

te to

m

akin

g ac

cura

te

infe

renc

es

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

• Te

ache

r int

rodu

ces a

pr

over

b in

a m

eani

ngfu

l an

d in

tere

stin

g w

ay e

.g.

in a

shor

t sto

ry

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss u

se o

f ac

tual

pro

verb

• St

uden

ts u

se th

eir w

ords

to

cre

ate

a co

ncre

te p

oem

of

thei

r ow

n.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Teac

her r

eads

poe

m o

r pl

ays t

ape

of a

poe

m

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

cop

ies

of th

e po

em

• St

uden

ts a

re g

uide

d to

id

entif

y th

e w

ords

that

ap

peal

to th

e se

nses

by

the

use

of th

e fo

llow

ing

ques

tions

: -

Wha

t men

tal i

mag

es

com

e to

min

d?

- W

hat s

ound

is su

gges

ted

by…

..?

• St

uden

ts c

ompa

re

resp

onse

s and

just

ify

thei

r ans

wer

s

• St

uden

ts d

escr

ibe

the

scen

e ric

hly

and

vivi

dly.

Res

pons

es a

re re

ad

alou

d W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K G

UE

SSIN

G G

AM

E

• St

uden

ts ta

ke tu

rn

in d

escr

ibin

g un

iden

tifie

d po

pula

r pe

rson

aliti

es o

f the

day

, e.

g.

Sha

dow

Stud

ents

use

a

chec

klis

t to

indi

cate

ph

ysic

al a

ppea

ranc

e,

dist

ingu

ishi

ng fe

atur

es

and

dres

s •

Oth

er st

uden

ts g

uess

w

ho th

e pe

rson

aliti

es

are

Cov

er

Pho

togr

aph

Seg

men

ts

A

dver

tisem

ent

Brie

f

D

escr

iptio

n

S

tude

nts a

nd

teac

her f

ocus

in d

epth

on

the

impo

rtant

fe

atur

es o

f the

cov

er

e.g.

- la

yout

-

desi

gn

- co

lour

-

grap

hics

-

nam

e

- fo

nt (s

ize,

type

)

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Use

of c

onte

xt c

lues

-

d

raw

ing

c

oncl

usio

n

-

iden

tifyi

ng d

etai

ls

E L

L E

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (3

)

Page 65: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

CR

ITIC

AL

AN

D

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

IN

FER

EN

CE

L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

MA

GA

ZIN

E

S T

R

A

T E G I E S

anx

ious

a

ngry

co

ncer

ned

hap

py

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

e lin

k be

twee

n to

ne a

nd

moo

d

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of p

rove

rbs

• St

uden

ts re

ad

prov

erbs

and

say

or

sket

ch th

e m

eani

ng

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

mak

e pr

esen

tatio

ns a

nd

disc

uss h

ow th

ey

arriv

ed a

t the

ir co

nclu

sion

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

copi

es o

f an

exce

rpt

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y th

e si

gnifi

cant

de

tails

Stud

ents

mak

e pe

rtine

nt li

nks

amon

g de

tails

Stud

ents

mak

e in

fere

nces

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

CO

LOU

R P

OE

MS

• St

uden

ts e

xplo

re th

e po

wer

of s

enso

ry

lang

uage

by

com

posi

ng

colo

r poe

ms.

QA

R –

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Rel

atio

nshi

p •

Stud

ents

rese

arch

and

co

llect

poe

ms w

hich

em

ploy

the

use

of

sens

ory

lang

uage

Stud

ents

ana

lyse

one

of

the

poem

s usi

ng Q

AR

te

chni

que

• St

uden

ts m

ake

pres

enta

tion

of th

eir

anal

ysis

Stud

ents

sele

ct p

oem

s fo

r the

ir Po

etry

Poo

l

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• C

lass

Pro

ject

:

F

ashi

on R

esea

rch/

d

ispl

ay

• St

uden

ts a

re g

roup

ed

to c

ondu

ct re

sear

ch o

n fa

shio

n of

diff

eren

t pe

riods

: -

Ston

e A

ge

- 16

th C

entu

ry,

- 20

th c

entu

ry

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

cre

ate

a m

agaz

ine

usin

g re

sear

ch in

form

atio

n fr

om d

escr

iptiv

e w

ritin

g un

it.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- A

djec

tival

cl

ause

/phr

ase

-

Tens

es –

pr

esen

t/pas

t co

ntin

uous

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- D

efin

ition

of

term

s TO

NE

/MO

OD

-

Fac

tors

whi

ch

cont

ribu

te to

the

crea

tion

of m

ood

and

tone

in te

xts

- U

se o

f pu

nctu

atio

n m

arks

to su

gges

t to

ne, f

or e

.g.

- th

e qu

estio

n

mar

k -

Has

per

son

dots

-

The

dash

T

ER

MO

NE

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (3

)

Page 66: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

CR

ITIC

AL

AN

D

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

IN

FER

EN

CE

LA

NG

UA

GE

IN P

OE

TR

Y

D

ESC

RIP

TIO

N

M

AG

AZ

INE

• G

roup

s pre

sent

thei

r fin

ding

s in

the

form

of a

di

spla

y ac

com

pani

ed b

y a

rich

desc

riptio

n of

eac

h st

yle

of d

ress

E V A L U A T I O N

- Pl

ay a

tape

d st

ory

that

is

wel

l rea

d -

Stud

ents

list

en to

stor

y an

d an

swer

spec

ific

ques

tions

on

them

e,

moo

d, to

ne e

.g.

- In

a se

nten

ce, s

ay w

hat

the

pass

age

is a

bout

-

Iden

tify

the

moo

d of

th

e m

ain

char

acte

r -

Sele

ct th

e ev

iden

ce th

at

indi

cate

s thi

s moo

d.

Mat

chin

g ex

erci

se-

- M

atch

vig

nette

s with

pr

over

bs

- So

lve

riddl

es w

ith

infe

rent

ial q

uest

ions

-

Com

preh

ensi

on

pass

age

with

infe

rent

ial

ques

tions

.

- Poe

try A

naly

sis

Stud

ents

ana

lyse

a p

oem

and

resp

ond

usin

g a

Th

ink

Shee

t -

Stud

ents

ans

wer

qu

estio

ns o

n a

give

n po

em

- St

uden

ts c

reat

e a

Col

our/C

oncr

ete

Poem

- Ev

alua

tion

of p

roje

ct

(pro

cess

and

pro

duct

)-

di

spla

y -

Fash

ion

Show

-Ev

alua

tion

of

Com

men

tary

-

Writ

ten

desc

riptio

n ea

ch

stud

ent w

ill su

bmit

a de

scrip

tion

of h

is/h

er

favo

rite

mod

el a

nd

his/

her d

ress

The

crea

tion

of th

e m

agaz

ine

- Ev

alua

tion

of th

e

proc

ess i

nvol

ved

in

the

crea

tion

of th

e

mag

azin

e

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (3

)

Page 67: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

CR

ITIC

AL

AN

D

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

Y

IN

FER

EN

CE

L

AN

GU

AG

E IN

PO

ET

RY

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

MA

GA

ZIN

E

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

• TA

PED

TEX

T

• W

RITT

EN T

EXTS

• TE

XTS

- S

cien

ce

Expe

rim

ent

-

Ridd

les

-

Vign

ette

s

- Sho

rt S

tory

• PO

ETRY

TEX

TS

S

unso

ng

Bite

In

TAPE

D P

OEM

S

• RE

ALIA

TEXT

-E

ncyc

lope

dia

- Mag

azin

es

- New

spap

er

• TE

XT

-

M

agaz

ines

GRA

PHIC

S

- S

eman

tic

Feat

ure

Ana

lysi

s She

et

-

Con

cept

M

ap

I N

T E G

R

C

A

U

T

R

I

R

N

I

G

C

U

L

A

A

C

R

T

I

V

I

T

I

E

S

VISU

AL A

ND

PE

RFO

RMIN

G

ARTS

SCIE

NC

E •

SOC

IAL

STU

DIE

S

• SC

IEN

CE

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• H

ISTO

RY

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• AR

T

TE

RM

ON

E

TH

EM

E :

YOU

TH C

ULT

UR

E (3

)

Page 68: Language Arts (1)

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S

T

OPI

C S

EN

TE

NC

E

PO

INT

OF

VIE

W

A

RG

UM

EN

TA

TIV

E

ESS

AY

TV

– T

AL

K

SHO

W/P

AN

EL

D

ISC

USS

ION

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O B J E C T I V E S

-

list t

he o

racy

skill

s of a

spea

ker.

-

iden

tify

the

ch

arac

teris

tics o

f a

good

spea

ker.

-

id

entif

y ot

her f

eatu

res

w

hich

con

tribu

te to

effe

ctiv

e de

liver

y.

- a

ppre

ciat

e th

e ne

ed

to b

e re

spec

tful o

f a

sp

eake

r and

h

is/h

er

v

iew

s.

-

iden

tify

the

topi

c

sent

ence

in

pa

ragr

aph/

text

. -

id

entif

y su

ppor

ting

de

tails

in p

arag

raph

/

te

xt.

-

expl

ain

the

met

hods

by w

hich

topi

c

se

nten

ces c

an b

e

de

velo

ped.

-

de

velo

p pa

ragr

aphs

from

cho

sen

topi

c

se

nten

ces.

-

dedu

ce th

e

impo

rtanc

e of

topi

c

se

nten

ces i

n te

xts.

- i

dent

ify d

iffer

ent

po

ints

of v

iew

. -

exa

min

e fa

ctor

s tha

t

influ

ence

poi

nt o

f

view

. -

em

path

ize

with

o

ther

s’ p

oint

of v

iew

.

-

gene

rate

mai

n id

eas

for a

giv

en to

pic.

-

id

entif

y su

ppor

ting

de

tails

. -

dev

elop

an

argu

men

t

on

a c

hose

n to

pic.

-

use

con

nect

ives

to

pr

oduc

e co

here

nt

w

ritin

g.

- a

ppre

ciat

e th

e

i

mpo

rtanc

e of

oth

er

poi

nts o

f vie

w.

-

iden

tify

the

elem

ents

of

a ta

lk sh

ow/p

anel

disc

ussi

on.

-

expl

ore

the

co

mpo

sitio

n of

a

pan

el/ta

lk sh

ow.

-

dedu

ce th

e ru

les

that

gov

ern

form

al

disc

ussi

on.

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 69: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

T

OPI

C

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S

TO

PIC

SE

NT

EN

CE

POIN

T O

F V

IEW

A

RG

UM

EN

TA

TIV

E

ESS

AY

T

AL

K

SHO

W/P

AN

EL

D

ISC

USS

ION

S T R A T E G I E S

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts v

iew

vid

eo

foot

age

of th

e se

mi-f

inal

le

g of

the

publ

ic.

spea

king

com

petit

ion

• St

uden

t are

giv

en p

rom

pt

ques

tions

to g

uide

thei

r vi

ewin

g, fo

r exa

mpl

e,

How

cle

ar w

ere

the

spea

kers

’ wor

ds?

W

ere

thei

r w

ords

w

ell p

rono

unce

d?

D

id th

ey sp

eak

too

q

uick

ly/to

o sl

owly

?

• St

uden

ts sh

are

and

colla

te in

form

atio

n on

ch

arac

teris

tics o

f a g

ood

spea

ker.

T

OPI

C S

EN

TE

NC

E

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

sele

ctio

n of

par

agra

phs

and

topi

c se

nten

ces.

• In

gro

ups,

stud

ents

re

ad e

ach

para

grap

h an

d nu

mbe

r/ide

ntify

th

e de

tails

with

in e

ach.

Stud

ent r

ead

the

sele

ctio

n of

topi

c se

nten

ces a

nd m

atch

to

pic

sent

ence

s with

pa

ragr

aphs

.

R

EA

D A

LO

UD

Teac

her r

eads

a

fam

iliar

fairy

tale

, for

ex

ampl

e, “

The

Thr

ee

Litt

le P

igs.”

Teac

her t

hen

read

s the

fr

actu

red

fairy

tale

: -

“T

he T

rue

Stor

y of

th

e Th

ree

Littl

e Pi

gs.

O

r -

A

reco

rdin

g of

“Th

e Tr

ue S

tory

of T

he

Thre

e Li

ttle

Pigs

” is

pl

ayed

.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of a

cal

ypso

, fo

r e.g

. “Po

rtra

it of

T

rini

dad”

and

a

grap

hic

orga

nize

r. •

Stud

ents

list

en to

the

caly

pso.

Stud

ents

use

gra

phic

or

gani

zers

to

iden

tify

mai

n id

eas

and

supp

ortin

g de

tails

.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

TA

LK

SH

OW

Stud

ents

vie

w a

po

pula

r tal

k sh

ow.

• Te

ache

r and

stud

ents

br

ains

torm

and

or

gani

ze in

form

atio

n on

ele

men

ts o

f a ta

lk

show

usi

ng a

gra

phic

or

gani

zer.

For

Exa

mpl

e

TOPI

CA

L IS

SUE

H

ost

Gue

st

LI

VE A

UD

IEN

CE

PAR

AG

RA

PH

TOPI

C

S

ENTE

NC

E

1.

1

. 2.

2.

3.

3.

4.

4.

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

)

TE

RM

TW

O

Page 70: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

T

OPI

C S

EN

TE

NC

E

PO

INT

OF

VIE

W

A

RG

UM

EN

TA

TIV

E

ESS

AY

T

V –

TA

LK

SH

OW

S/PA

NE

L

DIS

CU

SSIO

N

S T R A T E G I E S

• St

uden

ts v

iew

a v

ideo

clip

of

the

final

s of a

pub

lic

spea

king

com

petit

ion.

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

dis

cuss

whi

ch

fact

ors (

apar

t fro

m o

racy

sk

ills)

con

tribu

ted

to th

e

win

ning

per

form

ance

, for

ex

ampl

e,

-

sen

se o

f aud

ienc

e

-

use

of g

estu

res

- b

ody

lang

uage

-

con

fiden

t del

iver

y

• St

uden

ts re

pres

ent

info

rmat

ion

on a

gra

phic

or

gani

zer.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

to

pic

sent

ence

s and

are

as

ked

to d

evel

op e

ach

usin

g on

e of

the

met

hods

of

deve

lopm

ent d

urin

g th

e m

ini l

esso

n.

• St

uden

ts e

valu

ate

each

ot

her’

s wor

k.

• W

hole

cla

ss sh

arin

g.

PAIR

ED

WO

RK

Stud

ents

dis

cuss

the

poin

t of v

iew

from

w

hich

eac

h st

ory

is

told

. SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

rete

ll in

cide

nts

in a

stor

y fr

om m

ultip

le

pers

pect

ives

, for

ex

ampl

e,

The

Pear

l : th

e

th

row

ing

away

of t

he

pe

arl a

t the

end

of t

he

nove

l fro

m th

e po

int o

f

vi

ew o

f.

(i)

K

ino

(ii)

Juan

a

(ii

i) th

e pe

arl

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss id

eas

rais

ed a

nd c

olla

te th

e m

ain

idea

s of t

he

caly

pso.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

LET’

S VO

TE

On

a T-

Cha

rt

(i) S

tude

nts i

dent

ify

gene

ral c

hara

cter

istic

s of

ind

ivid

uals

foun

d in

lit

erar

y w

orks

e.g

.

- ev

il -

mal

icio

us

- ge

nero

us

- fr

iend

ly

(ii)

Stud

ents

iden

tify

a c

hara

cter

from

a

li

tera

ture

text

ass

ocia

ted

w

ith a

ny o

f the

abo

ve

cha

ract

eris

tics.

• St

uden

ts a

sses

s how

ea

ch e

lem

ent

cont

ribut

es to

the

qual

ity o

f the

show

. SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

PA

NE

L D

ISC

USS

ION

Stud

ents

vie

w a

pa

nel d

iscu

ssio

n.

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

and

asse

ss th

e co

mpo

sitio

n of

the

pane

l.

• St

uden

ts d

escr

ibe

th

e co

mpo

sitio

n of

the

pane

l, fo

r

exa

mpl

e

-

Mod

erat

or

- B

alan

ced

pane

l

-

Top

ical

issu

e

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Iden

tifi

cati

on a

nd

expl

anat

ion

of

orac

y sk

ills.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N To

pic

Sent

ence

-

Def

initi

on

- P

ositi

on

- D

evel

opm

ent

Il

lust

ratio

n

Cau

se/

effe

ct

C

ompa

re/

cont

rast

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Poin

t of V

iew

-

Fac

tors

that

det

erm

ine

poi

nt o

f vie

w

- F

irst

and

thir

d pe

rson

nar

ratio

n.

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

) T

ER

M T

WO

Page 71: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

T

OPI

C S

EN

TE

NC

E

PO

INT

OF

VIE

W

AR

GU

ME

NT

AT

IVE

E

SSA

Y

TA

LK

SH

OW

S/PA

NE

L

DIS

SCU

SSIO

N

S

T R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

SIM

ULA

TIO

N E

XE

RC

ISE

Stud

ents

are

div

ided

into

gr

oups

. One

mem

ber i

s se

lect

ed to

repr

esen

t the

gr

oup

and

is c

oach

ed b

y th

e gr

oup

to d

eliv

er o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing

spee

ches

:

-

acc

epta

nce

of a

n

aw

ard

-

th

ank

you

spee

ch

-

vict

ory

spee

ch

• St

uden

ts d

eliv

er p

repa

red

spee

ches

to a

n au

dien

ce.

• Th

e au

dien

ce b

ecom

es

the

judg

es o

f the

exe

rcis

e,

usin

g a

chec

klis

t.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

su

ppor

ting

deta

ils o

f a

para

grap

h an

d ar

e as

ked

to c

reat

e a

suita

ble

topi

c se

nten

ce.

• St

uden

ts sh

are

thei

r to

pic

sent

ence

s and

th

ese

sent

ence

s are

ev

alua

ted

by th

eir

peer

s.

- A

nim

al F

arm

w

hen

Nap

oleo

n dr

ove

Sno

wba

ll of

f the

farm

from

the

poin

t of v

iew

of:

(i)

Nap

oleo

n (ii

) S

now

ball

(iii)

Squ

eale

r C

LASS

DIS

CU

SSIO

N

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

e im

pact

of t

he u

se o

f di

ffer

ent p

oint

s of v

iew

.

• St

uden

ts li

st

supp

ortin

g de

tails

fr

om th

e te

xt to

just

ify

thei

r cho

ice.

Stud

ents

writ

e a

para

grap

h to

just

ify

thei

r cho

ice.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K M

AG

AZI

NE

AR

TIC

LE

• St

uden

ts a

re p

rese

nted

w

ith a

pro

voca

tive

stat

emen

t; “

Teen

ager

s of

toda

y do

not

resp

ect

auth

ority

” •

Stud

ents

gen

erat

e id

eas

on th

e to

pic,

usi

ng a

gr

aphi

c or

gani

zer.

• St

uden

ts o

rgan

ize

idea

s in

pre

para

tion

for t

he

writ

ing

of a

n es

say.

• St

uden

ts a

re in

vite

d to

repr

esen

t the

ir fin

ding

s on

a gr

aphi

c or

gani

zer.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

T-

CH

AR

T •

Stud

ents

com

pare

and

co

ntra

st th

e fe

atur

es

of a

talk

show

and

a

pane

l dis

cuss

ion.

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

)

TE

RM

TW

O

Page 72: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S

TO

PIC

SE

NT

EN

CE

POIN

T O

F V

IEW

AR

GU

ME

NT

AT

IVE

E

SSA

Y

TV

– T

AL

K

SHO

WS/

PAN

EL

D

ISC

USS

ION

S T

R

A

T

E

G I E S

Stud

ents

writ

e th

eir f

irst

draf

t. •

Stud

ents

com

plet

e th

e es

say

follo

win

g th

e Pr

oces

s App

roac

h.

CLA

SS D

ISCU

SSIO

N

• St

uden

ts re

flect

on

the

two

vide

o cl

ips o

f a

talk

show

and

a

pane

l dis

cuss

ion

that

th

ey h

ave

seen

and

po

int o

ut th

e ru

les

that

gov

ern

form

al

disc

ussi

on.

E

V

A

L

U

A

T I O

N

- D

eliv

ery

of sh

ort

spee

ches

by

indi

vidu

al

stud

ents

. -

Cre

atio

n of

gra

phic

s to

repr

esen

t in

form

atio

n le

arnt

.

- Ex

plan

atio

n of

term

, “T

opic

Sen

tenc

e.”

- Se

lect

ion

of to

pic

sent

ence

from

pa

ragr

aphs

. -

Dev

elop

men

t of

para

grap

h fr

om a

ch

osen

topi

c se

nten

ce.

- St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of e

xtra

cts o

f fir

st a

nd th

ird

pers

on n

arra

tion

to

iden

tify

the

poin

ts

of v

iew

and

stat

e th

e im

pact

on

the

read

er.

- Fi

nal d

raft

of

argu

men

tativ

e es

say.

-

Subm

issi

on o

f gr

aphi

c or

gani

zers

.

- M

ultip

le c

hoic

e ex

erci

se.

- Q

uiz

(Fea

ture

s of

a ta

lk

show

/pan

el).

- Sh

ort –

ans

wer

qu

estio

ns.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

-

Con

nect

ives

-

Dev

elop

men

t of

ide

as fo

r

arg

umen

t

(Ref

er to

uni

t on

T

opic

Sen

tenc

e)

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

) T

ER

M T

WO

Page 73: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S

T

OPI

C S

EN

TE

NC

E

PO

INT

OF

VIE

W

A

RG

UM

EN

TA

TIV

E

ESS

AY

T

V –

TA

LK

SH

OW

S/PA

NE

L

DIS

CU

SSIO

N

E V A L U A T I O N

• St

uden

ts st

ep in

to th

e ro

le o

f a c

hara

cter

in a

lit

erat

ure

text

and

do

a m

onol

ogue

from

that

ch

arac

ter’

s poi

nt o

f vi

ew, f

or e

xam

ple,

-

Cha

ract

er’s

feel

ings

in re

spon

se to

an

in

cide

nt.

DIA

RY

EN

TRY

• St

uden

ts m

ake

entri

es

into

a c

hara

cter

’s d

iary

.

- C

hara

cter

’s

exp

lana

tion

of a

n

a

ctio

n/ev

ent.

Stud

ents

look

at a

ta

lk sh

ow th

at a

te

ache

r has

id

entif

ied

and

writ

e a

criti

que

of it

. •

Stud

ents

stag

e a

talk

sh

ow/p

anel

di

scus

sion

.

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

) T

ER

M T

WO

Page 74: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

T

OPI

C S

EN

TE

NC

E

PO

INT

OF

VIE

W

A

RG

UM

EN

TA

TIV

E

ESS

AY

T

V –

TA

LK

SH

OW

S/PA

NE

L

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

VID

EO C

LIP

• G

RAPH

ICS

TEXT

S •

GRA

PHIC

O

RGAN

ISER

S

T

EXTS

• TE

XT –

Cal

ypso

• G

RAPH

IC

• O

RGAN

ISER

S

VID

EO C

LIPS

OF

TALK

SH

OW

/

• PA

NEL

D

ISC

USS

ION

• G

RAPH

ICS

• T-

CH

ART

I

N

T

E

C

G

U

R

R

A

A

R

C

T

I

T

I

C

I N

U

V

G

L

I

A

T

R

I

E

S

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• PH

YSIC

AL

E

DU

CAT

ION

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SC

IEN

CE

• G

EOG

RAPH

Y

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• M

ORA

L AN

D

V

ALU

ES

E

DU

CAT

ION

• M

ORA

L AN

D

VALU

ES

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• M

USI

C

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y

EDU

CAT

ION

TE

RM

TW

O

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (1

)

Page 75: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

(DE

BA

TE

)

SU

MM

AR

Y S

KIL

LS

SE

TT

ING

FAL

LA

CIE

S

Stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

O B

J E

C T I V E S

-

asse

ss th

e va

lidity

of a

n

ar

gum

ent.

-

iden

tify

the

mai

n po

int

of a

rgum

ent.

-

de

tect

falla

cies

in

argu

men

t. -

de

duce

per

suas

ive

tech

niqu

es.

-

beco

me

awar

e of

the

im

porta

nce

of

expr

essi

ng t

heir

view

s

in

a re

spec

tful

man

ner.

- i

dent

ify to

pic

sent

ence

s -

ide

ntify

rele

vant

det

ails

. -

cat

egor

ize

a gr

oup

of

ite

ms.

- u

se c

onne

ctiv

es to

sum

mar

ize

mai

n id

eas

int

o a

cohe

sive

uni

t. -

sum

mar

ize

phra

ses a

nd

exp

ress

ions

into

one

w

ord.

- d

efin

e th

e lit

erar

y

term

s, ‘s

ettin

g’ a

nd

‘a

tmos

pher

e.’

- i

dent

ify th

e fa

ctor

s

whi

ch c

ontri

bute

to

s

ettin

g.

- d

escr

ibe

diff

eren

t

type

s of s

ettin

g.

- re

late

setti

ng to

a

tmos

pher

e.

- d

etec

t fal

laci

es u

sed

in

a

rgum

ents

; ban

dwag

on

circ

ular

, arg

umen

t and

a

d ho

min

em.

- d

efin

e th

ese

term

s.

-

pre

sent

logi

cal

a

rgum

ents

.

-

bec

ome

mor

e cr

itica

l in

t

heir

thin

king

.

TE

RM

TW

O

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

)

Page 76: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

(DE

BA

TE

)

SU

MM

AR

Y S

KIL

LS

SE

TT

ING

FAL

LA

CIE

S

S T R A T E G I E S

IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

list

en to

a d

ebat

e pr

esen

tatio

n.

• U

sing

a c

heck

list,

stud

ents

as

sess

the

valid

ity o

f the

ar

gum

ents

pre

sent

ed b

y ea

ch sp

eake

r.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of p

arag

raph

s an

d ar

e re

quire

d to

se

lect

the

topi

c se

nten

ce

in e

ach.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

MA

ZE C

LOZE

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

copi

es o

f a m

aze

cloz

e.

• St

uden

ts re

ad th

e pa

ssag

e an

d ch

oose

the

mos

t app

ropr

iate

co

nnec

tive

to c

ompl

ete

it.

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

pa

ssag

es in

whi

ch th

e se

tting

is v

ivid

ly

desc

ribed

. •

Stud

ents

pro

duce

a

basi

c sk

etch

of t

he

setti

ng d

escr

ibed

in

the

pass

age.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts v

iew

vid

eo

clip

s of v

ario

us

scen

es/s

ettin

gs.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

pre

sent

ed

with

exa

mpl

es o

f the

th

ree

falla

cies

, for

ex

ampl

e,

-

“Sm

okin

g ca

nnot

be

bad

for p

eopl

e.

Mill

ions

of p

eopl

e

smok

e.”

• St

uden

ts sa

y w

hat e

ach

stat

emen

t mea

ns a

nd

deci

de w

heth

er v

alid

re

ason

s wer

e gi

ven.

Stud

ents

are

ask

ed to

giv

e ex

ampl

es o

f val

id re

ason

s to

supp

ort t

he m

ain

stat

emen

t.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Rev

iew

To

pic

Sent

ence

– re

fer

to T

erm

II, p

. 2-2

3

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Elem

ents

of

sett

ing

– e.

g.

peop

le, p

lace

ti

me,

wea

ther

, ob

ject

s

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

) T

ER

M T

WO

Page 77: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(D

EB

AT

E)

SU

MM

AR

Y S

KIL

L

SE

TT

ING

FAL

LA

CIE

S

S

T R A T E G I E S

• St

uden

ts p

rese

nt th

eir

asse

ssm

ent a

nd g

ive

just

ifica

tion.

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

D

EB

ATI

NG

Stud

ents

are

gro

uped

for

deba

te o

n a

chos

en to

pic

• St

uden

ts g

ener

ate

and

deve

lop

idea

s for

pr

esen

tatio

n.

• C

lass

dis

cuss

ion

on

choi

ce o

f ans

wer

s. SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

giv

en fi

ve

sent

ence

s in

rand

om

orde

r. •

Stud

ents

sequ

ence

the

sent

ence

s and

con

nect

th

em in

a m

eani

ngfu

l w

ay.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

list

s of

item

s and

they

ca

tego

rize

them

.

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

scen

es to

det

erm

ine

the

atm

osph

ere

crea

ted

by

the

setti

ng/s

cene

.

• St

uden

ts w

rite

a de

scrip

tion

of o

ne o

f th

e sc

enes

vie

wed

. IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Clo

se st

udy

of a

p

assa

ge.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

RO

LE P

LAY

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

writ

e a

brie

f sce

nario

in

whi

ch th

ey il

lust

rate

the

use

of o

ne o

f the

fa

llaci

es m

entio

ned

abov

e. E

ach

grou

p w

ill

role

pla

y.

• Th

e ot

her g

roup

s inf

er

the

falla

cy u

sed

in th

e pr

esen

tatio

n an

d ea

ch

stud

ent w

rites

one

lo

gica

l arg

umen

t to

repl

ace

it.

M

INI

LESS

ON

-

Con

nect

ives

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- Te

chni

ques

of g

ood

deb

atin

g.

- T

he ro

le o

f

par

ticip

ants

in a

deb

ate.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

TY

PES

OF

FAL

LA

CIE

S E

xpla

natio

n of

– a

d ho

min

em, b

andw

agon

ci

rcul

ar a

rgum

ent.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

VO

CA

BU

LA

RY

D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

- w

ords

, phr

ases

,

cla

uses

that

can

be

u

sed

to d

escr

ibe

at

mos

pher

e an

d

moo

d

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

) T

ER

M T

WO

Page 78: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(D

EB

AT

E)

SU

MM

AR

Y S

KIL

L

SE

TT

ING

FAL

LA

CIE

S

S T R A T E G I E S

• D

ebat

e is

con

duct

ed.

• St

uden

ts ju

dge

the

pres

enta

tion

base

d on

ev

alua

tion

of d

eliv

ery

us

ing

chec

klis

t eva

luat

ion

of

del

iver

y se

eing

the

chec

klis

t bel

ow.

• Ev

alua

tion

of c

onte

nt,

usin

g th

e fo

llow

ing

chec

klis

t.

Enu

ncia

tion

1 2

3 4

5

D

ictio

n

Flu

ency

Cla

rity

Mod

ulat

ion

V

olum

e

FO

R E

XA

MPL

E

Pen

P

enci

ls

Rul

er

P

aper

clip

s SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

G

AM

E –

Con

dens

e th

e ph

rase

! •

Stud

ents

are

gro

uped

an

d ea

ch g

roup

is g

iven

fif

teen

cue

car

ds w

ith

phra

ses w

ritte

n on

th

em.

• St

uden

ts w

rite

a w

ord

for t

hose

phr

ases

on

the

reve

rse

side

of t

he c

ard.

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

pass

age.

Stud

ents

des

crib

e th

e se

tting

. •

Stud

ents

stat

e ho

w th

e w

riter

cre

ates

/bui

lds t

he

atm

osph

ere

of th

e pa

ssag

e.

For

Exa

mpl

e A

glo

omy

atm

osph

ere

D

ark

Nig

ht

Ani

mal

s with

gl

owin

g ey

es

How

ling

win

d

Hea

vy r

ainf

all

Dee

p in

the

Fore

st

Sha

dow

PAIR

ED

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

giv

en c

opie

s of

text

s in

whi

ch th

ese

falla

cies

are

use

d, fo

r ex

ampl

e,

-

Adv

ertis

emen

ts

- Pa

ssag

es/e

xtra

cts

from

mag

azin

es,

new

spap

ers

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y th

e fa

llaci

es a

nd w

rite

out

logi

cal a

rgum

ents

in th

eir

plac

e.

• St

uden

ts sh

are

info

rmat

ion.

S T

A

T I O

N

E

R

Y

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

) T

ER

M T

WO

Page 79: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(D

EB

AT

E)

SU

MM

AR

Y S

KIL

LS

SE

TT

ING

FAL

LA

CIE

S

S T R A T E G I E S

Cla

ss d

iscu

ssio

n of

deb

ate

pres

enta

tions

. •

Who

le c

lass

agr

eem

ent o

n be

st p

rese

ntat

ion.

FO

R E

XA

MPL

E

All

of a

Su

dden

S

udde

nly

in

the

end

F

inal

ly

• Th

e gr

oup

that

fini

shes

fir

st w

ith a

ll th

e co

rrec

t an

swer

s is d

ecla

red

the

win

ner.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a sh

ort

pass

age

cont

aini

ng

redu

ndan

cies

for

exam

ple,

- Tr

iang

ular

in sh

ape

- It

is a

n ab

ando

ned

hous

e. N

o on

e liv

es

ther

e no

w.

• St

uden

ts re

vise

the

pass

age

to e

limin

ate

the

redu

ndan

t wor

ds a

nd

phra

ses a

nd st

atem

ents

.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

RE

AD

ER

S TH

EA

TRE

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

exce

rpts

of g

raph

ical

ly

desc

ribed

setti

ngs.

• St

uden

ts re

ad a

loud

the

exce

rpts

in a

n at

tem

pt

to c

omm

unic

ate

moo

d an

d at

mos

pher

e of

the

setti

ng to

thei

r pee

rs.

• St

uden

ts a

ttem

pt to

id

entif

y m

ood/

at

mos

pher

e co

mm

unic

ated

.

C

HE

CK

LIS

T

YE

S N

O

Cle

ar th

esis

st

atem

ent

Rel

evan

ce

Log

ical

D

evel

opm

ent

Fact

ual

Info

rmat

ion

Falla

cies

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

)

TE

RM

TW

O

Page 80: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

T

OPI

C

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

(DE

BA

TE

)

SUM

MA

RY

SK

ILL

SET

TIN

G

FA

LL

AC

IES

• C

lass

Dis

cuss

ion

on th

e im

porta

nce

of p

reci

sion

in

lang

uage

use

E

V

A

L U A T I O N

- B

ased

on

a lis

teni

ng

a

ctiv

ity, t

he

i

dent

ifica

tion

of:

-

Falla

cies

-

Fact

s pre

sent

ed a

s

o

pini

ons

- U

se o

f per

suas

ive

te

chni

ques

- St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

an

appr

opria

te p

assa

ge a

nd

are

requ

ired

to d

o th

e fo

llow

ing:

- -

Stat

e th

e to

pic

sent

ence

-

Extra

ct th

ree

conn

ectiv

es

from

the

pass

age

and

com

men

t on

thei

r use

.

- C

ompo

sitio

n of

a

desc

riptiv

e pa

ragr

aph

whi

ch e

voke

s an

atm

osph

ere

of a

ny o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

-

fe

ar

-

e

xcite

men

t

-

hap

pine

ss

- Id

entif

icat

ion

of

falla

cies

. -

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

se

nten

ces w

ith fa

llaci

es

and

sent

ence

s with

lo

gica

lly p

rese

nted

ar

gum

ents

. Th

ey a

re

aske

d to

iden

tify

the

se

nten

ces i

n w

hich

fa

llaci

es a

re u

sed

and

la

bel t

hem

.

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 81: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(D

EB

AT

E)

SU

MM

AR

Y S

KIL

LS

SE

TT

ING

FAL

LA

CIE

S

E

V

A

L

U

A

T I O

N

- Ev

alua

tion

of th

e

pro

cess

invo

lved

in

pre

parin

g fo

r a d

ebat

e

p

rese

ntat

ion:

-

Parti

cipa

tion.

- W

illin

gnes

s to

liste

n to

ea

ch o

ther

.

- W

illin

gnes

s to

shar

e id

eas.

- R

espe

ct fo

r oth

er’s

view

s

- Su

bstit

ute

syno

nym

s fo

r und

erlin

ed

phra

ses.

- G

ive

two

exam

ples

of

redu

ndan

cies

from

a

pass

age.

-

Writ

e a

sum

mar

y of

a

give

n pa

ssag

e.

- A

sket

ch o

f a se

tting

de

scrib

ed in

an

exce

rpt.

- A

writ

ten

anal

ysis

of

the

setti

ng in

an

exce

rpt.

- St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

w

rite

reas

oned

arg

umen

ts fo

r/aga

inst

a

cho

sen

topi

c.

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

• TE

LEVI

SIO

N/R

ADIO

AUD

IO/V

IDEO

CAS

SETT

E

REC

ORD

ER/P

LAYE

R

• TE

XT

• VI

DEO

CLI

PS

• G

RAPH

ICS

• N

EWSP

APER

S •

ADVE

RTIS

EMEN

TS

• M

AGAZ

INES

I

C

A

N

U

C

T

R

T

E

R

I

G

I

V

R

C

I

A

U

T

T

L

I

I

A

E

N

R

S

G

• M

ORA

L AN

D V

ALU

ES

• ED

UC

ATIO

N

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

SOC

IAL

STU

DIE

S

• SC

IEN

CE

• G

EOG

RAPH

Y

SCIE

NC

E •

GEO

GRA

PHY

• TE

CH

NIC

AL

EDU

CAT

ION

SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

SCIE

NC

E ●

PH

YSIC

AL E

DU

CAT

ION

TH

EM

E:

RE

LATI

ON

SHIP

S (2

)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 82: Language Arts (1)

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(S

PEE

CH

)

C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

R

OL

E O

F C

HA

RA

CT

ER

SP

EE

CH

CA

RIC

AT

UR

E

Stud

ent w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O

J E C T I V E S

- lis

t the

pur

pose

for

w

hich

a sp

eech

can

be

gi

ven.

-

asso

ciat

e ty

pes o

f

spee

ches

with

thei

r

purp

ose

and

dist

ingu

ishi

ng fe

atur

es.

- as

sess

the

deliv

ery

of a

sp

eech

. -

appr

ecia

te th

e

im

porta

nce

of u

sing

the

voic

e ef

fect

ivel

y.

- id

entif

y si

mila

ritie

s an

d di

ffer

ence

s in

text

s.

- ca

tego

rise

text

s bas

ed

on th

eir

sim

ilarit

ies a

nd

diff

eren

ces.

- be

com

e m

ore

disc

erni

ng

indi

vidu

als.

-

iden

tify

type

s of

cha

ract

ers.

m

inor

maj

or

-

defin

e th

e te

rm, “

role

” -

exam

ine

role

s pla

yed

by

cha

ract

ers.

- va

lue

the

cont

ribut

ion

of

indi

vidu

als i

n

soci

ety.

-

em

path

ize

with

oth

ers.

- st

ate

the

form

at o

f a

spee

ch.

- de

velo

p a

sens

e of

au

dien

ce.

- id

entif

y pu

rpos

e fo

r

writ

ing.

-

w

rite

a sp

eech

. -

beco

me

awar

e of

the

lin

k be

twee

n

lang

uage

aud

ienc

e

an

d pu

rpos

e.

- de

fine

the

term

,

“c

aric

atur

e.”

- st

ate

the

func

tions

of

caric

atur

e.

-

iden

tify

the

mes

sage

s

se

nt th

roug

h

ca

ricat

ure.

-

beco

me

awar

e of

bi

as in

car

icat

ure.

- be

com

e se

nsiti

ve to

th

e ne

gativ

e ef

fect

s of

car

icat

ures

.

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 83: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(S

PEE

CH

) C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

RO

LE

OF

CH

AR

AC

TE

R

SP

EE

CH

CA

RIC

AT

UR

E

S T R A T E G I E S

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts b

rain

stor

m to

id

entif

y th

e ty

pes o

f sp

eech

es w

hich

they

kn

ow.

• Th

is in

form

atio

n is

co

llate

d on

a w

eb, f

or

exam

ple,

E

ulog

y

S

erm

on

Rob

ber

Tha

nk

Tal

k

Y

ou

Wel

com

e

V

aled

icto

ry

• St

uden

ts fu

rther

ca

tego

rize

the

type

s of

spee

ches

iden

tifie

d.

Info

rmat

ive

Ora

l

Bus

ines

s Pe

rsua

sive

P

oliti

cal

S

peec

h So

cial

Wed

ding

Spe

ech

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• Sh

eets

of b

risto

l boa

rd

each

indi

catin

g a

perio

d of

the

year

. e.g

. Oct

ober

21

st to

Nov

embe

r 22nd

, ar

e st

uck

arou

nd th

e cl

assr

oom

. •

Stud

ents

are

ask

ed to

go

to th

e ar

ea re

pres

entin

g th

e pe

riod

durin

g w

hich

th

eir b

irthd

ay fa

lls.

• Ea

ch g

roup

of s

tude

nts

lists

on

bris

tol b

oard

all

the

char

acte

ristic

s the

y ha

ve in

com

mon

. •

Each

gro

up m

oves

to th

e ar

ea o

n th

e rig

ht a

nd

lists

/iden

tifie

s si

mila

ritie

s and

di

ffer

ence

s in

char

acte

ristic

s of t

he

peop

le in

the

two

grou

ps.

• T

his i

s rep

rese

nted

on

a V

enn

diag

ram

and

stuc

k be

twee

n th

e tw

o sh

eets

of

bris

tol b

oard

.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

M

APP

ING

In re

latio

n to

a c

hara

cter

in

a se

lect

ed te

xt,

stud

ents

iden

tify

all t

he

othe

r cha

ract

ers w

ith

who

m h

e/sh

e in

tera

cts.

FO

R E

XA

MPL

E

Jua

na

J

uan

Tho

mas

C

oyot

ito

Doc

tor

Stud

ents

cla

ssify

ch

arac

ters

into

two

grou

ps:

- th

ose

who

mak

e a

sign

ifica

nt im

pact

in th

e te

xt.

- th

ose

who

mak

e lit

tle

impa

ct in

the

text

.

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

co

pies

of d

iffer

ent

type

s of s

peec

hes.

(abr

idge

d if

nece

ssar

y).

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

spee

ch a

long

with

pr

ompt

que

stio

n, fo

r ex

ampl

e,

- W

hom

is th

e sp

eake

r

a

ddre

ssin

g?

- H

ow d

oes h

e/sh

e be

gin

his a

ddre

ss?

- D

o hi

s/he

r met

hods

of

add

ress

follo

w a

ny

part

icul

ar o

rder

? -

Wha

t is t

he sp

eake

r’s

inte

ntio

n?

-

Doe

s the

spea

ker’

s

in

tent

ion

affe

ct

hi

s/he

r cho

ice

of

w

ords

? -

How

doe

s he/

she

conc

lude

the

spee

ch?

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P •

Stud

ents

vol

unte

er to

te

ll th

e m

eani

ng o

f th

eir n

ame

and

reve

al

a ni

ckna

me

by w

hich

th

ey a

re a

lso

calle

d.

• St

uden

ts g

ive

reas

ons

why

they

hav

e be

en

give

n th

e ni

ckna

me.

Stud

ents

dra

w a

sk

etch

to d

epic

t the

ir ni

ckna

me.

Stud

ents

mak

e lin

ks

betw

een

nick

nam

e an

d ch

arac

teris

tics/

qu

aliti

es.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• Te

ache

r pro

duce

s pi

ctur

es o

f wel

l-kn

own

pers

onal

ities

in

the

soci

ety.

Stud

ents

iden

tify

dist

inct

ive

feat

ures

of

each

per

sona

lity.

A

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 84: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

TO

PIC

S C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(S

PEE

CH

) C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

R

OL

E O

F C

HA

RA

CT

ER

SPE

EC

H

C

AR

ICA

TU

RE

S T

R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

Stud

ents

list

en to

th

ree

type

s of

spee

ches

:-

-

info

rmat

ive

-

pers

uasi

ve

-

soci

al

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y th

e pu

rpos

e of

the

spee

ches

an

d co

mpa

re a

nd c

ontra

st

the

dist

ingu

ishi

ng

feat

ures

of e

ach.

Cla

ss sh

ares

info

rmat

ion.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

SPO

T TH

E D

IFF

ER

EN

CE

Stud

ents

are

giv

en tw

o pi

ctur

es e

ach

and

are

aske

d to

spot

the

diff

eren

ces b

etw

een

them

. •

The

stud

ent w

ho

fini

shes

firs

t is

allo

wed

to p

oint

out

d

iffer

ence

s on

the

e

nlar

ged

pict

ures

on

the

blac

kboa

rd.

PAIR

ED W

ORK

Each

stud

ent r

ecei

ves

an e

nvel

ope

with

two

diff

eren

t sam

ples

.

EX

AM

PLE

OF

TE

XTS

-

A

dver

tisem

ents

-

Po

ems

-

Bro

chur

es

- Ji

ngle

s -

New

spap

er a

rticl

es

STIM

ULA

TIO

N

EX

ER

CIS

E

This

is y

our L

ife

- Pr

esen

tatio

n of

the

mai

n

char

acte

r’s l

ife.

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

spee

ch.

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

eir

findi

ngs a

nd te

ache

r m

akes

a c

halk

boa

rd

sum

mar

y of

the

info

rmat

ion.

R

OLE

PLA

Y •

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

card

with

scen

ario

s –

the

sam

e si

tuat

ion

with

a d

iffer

ent

audi

ence

and

pu

rpos

e, fo

r exa

mpl

e,

R

elat

ing

the

deta

ils o

f

a

figh

t to:

i)

A fr

iend

.

ii)

The

Prin

cipa

l/

D

ean.

• St

uden

ts sh

are

with

the

clas

s, fe

atur

es

iden

tifie

d.

• St

uden

ts c

hoos

e on

e ch

arac

ter a

nd sk

etch

a

pict

ure

emph

asiz

ing/

ex

agge

ratin

g a

feat

ure

id

entif

ied.

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Teac

her d

istri

bute

s co

pies

of c

aric

atur

e of

w

ell-k

now

n pe

rson

s. •

Stud

ents

iden

tify

exag

gera

ted

feat

ures

an

d gi

ve p

ossi

ble

reas

ons f

or th

e ex

agge

ratio

n.

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 85: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

(SPE

EC

H)

C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

R

OL

E O

F C

HA

RA

CT

ER

SP

EE

CH

CA

RIC

AT

UR

E

S T R A T E G I E S

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts d

eliv

er sp

eech

es

prep

ared

in th

e W

ritin

g U

nit

(The

se sp

eech

es a

re

tape

d to

faci

litat

e ev

alua

tion)

. •

Stud

ents

ass

ess s

peec

hes

usin

g pr

epar

ed c

heck

lists

.

Each

pai

r mus

t hav

e on

e sa

mpl

e in

com

mon

with

an

othe

r pai

r, fo

r exa

mpl

e,

A

B

• St

uden

ts m

ove

arou

nd

to fi

nd a

stud

ent w

ith a

sa

mpl

e te

xt w

hich

is

sim

ilar t

o th

eirs

. •

Pairs

exa

min

e sa

mpl

e te

xts a

nd li

st th

e si

mila

ritie

s of t

he tw

o si

mila

r tex

ts a

nd th

e di

ffer

ence

s of t

he o

ther

tw

o te

xts.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• In

smal

l gro

ups,

stud

ents

take

on

the

role

of i

ndiv

idua

l ch

arac

ters

in a

text

an

d m

ake

a pr

esen

tatio

n de

taili

ng

his/

her r

elat

ions

hip

with

the

maj

or

char

acte

r. E

ach

char

acte

r is

intro

duce

d by

the

host

of t

he

show

/pre

sent

er.

• St

uden

ts ro

le p

lay

scen

ario

s •

Cla

ss d

iscu

ssio

n on

ho

w p

urpo

se a

nd

audi

ence

impa

ct o

n la

ngua

ge.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re d

ivid

ed

into

smal

l gro

ups,

give

n a

choi

ce o

f sp

eech

type

s, an

d ar

e as

ked

to p

lan

one

spee

ch w

ith sp

ecifi

c fo

cus o

n:

o

peni

ng

FOR

MA

T

c

losi

ng

• St

uden

ts th

en

sugg

est/i

nfer

the

artis

t’s in

tent

ion:

-

exag

gera

te a

dist

inct

ive

feat

ure.

-

sugg

est a

qua

lity

the

pers

on p

osse

sses

. -

com

mun

icat

e a

m

essa

ge.

- at

tem

pt to

am

use.

-

mak

e au

dien

ce m

ore

awar

e.

• St

uden

ts d

iscu

ss th

e is

sue

of c

aric

atur

ing,

gi

ving

reas

ons

for/a

gain

st th

e us

e of

ca

ricat

ure.

POE

M

NE

WSP

APE

R

AR

TIC

LE

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Fac

tors

whi

ch

dete

rmin

e m

ajor

an

d m

inor

ch

arac

ters

.

POE

M

AD

VER

TISE

ME

NT

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 86: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

(SPE

EC

H)

C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

R

OL

E O

F C

HA

RA

CT

ER

SP

EE

CH

CA

RIC

AT

UR

E

S T R A T E G I E S

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

WR

ITTE

N E

XER

CIS

E •

Each

stud

ent i

dent

ifies

th

e ch

arac

ter w

ho in

hi

s/he

r opi

nion

had

the

mos

t sig

nific

ant

impa

ct/le

ast s

igni

fican

t im

pact

on

the

maj

or

char

acte

r's li

fe a

nd in

th

e te

xt.

• Ea

ch st

uden

t writ

es a

br

ief e

xpla

natio

n of

hi

s/he

r cho

ice.

IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

mak

e pr

esen

tatio

n to

the

clas

s. •

Stud

ents

giv

e fe

edba

ck

on p

rese

ntat

ions

.

-

A

udie

nce

-

P

urpo

se

-

Lang

uage

F

OR

EX

AM

PLE

-

A sa

les

re

pres

enta

tive

pers

uadi

ng

audi

ence

to b

uy

com

pute

rs.

-

A w

elco

me

spee

ch

at

a b

irth

day

part

y.

- Sp

eech

on

AID

S

prev

entio

n to

the

scho

ol a

ssem

bly.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

Stud

ents

writ

e th

eir s

peec

h.

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 87: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

CR

ITIC

AL

LIS

TE

NIN

G

(SPE

EC

H)

C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

R

OL

E O

F C

HA

RA

CT

ER

SP

EE

CH

CA

RIC

AT

UR

E

E

V A L U A T I O N

- Ev

alua

tion

of ta

ped

Sp

eech

. -

Eval

uatio

n of

gra

phic

s re

pres

entin

g di

ffer

ent

type

s of s

peec

hes.

- C

ompa

re a

nd c

ontra

st a

n ex

cerp

t fro

m a

lite

ratu

re

text

to o

ne fr

om a

scie

nce

text

. -

Com

pare

and

con

trast

an

“ole

tim

e” c

hara

cter

to a

m

oder

n ch

arac

ter f

rom

a

Car

niva

l ban

d.

- C

ompa

re b

efor

e an

d af

ter

pict

ures

.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

- St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

maj

or c

hara

cter

’s ro

le

in th

e lif

e of

two

othe

r cha

ract

ers.

- St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

role

of a

n im

porta

nt

figur

e in

his

/her

so

ciet

y.

- U

sing

ano

ther

text

, st

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

role

of t

hree

ch

arac

ters

in re

latio

n to

the

maj

or

char

acte

r.

- Ev

alua

tion

of th

e pl

an

for t

he sp

eech

. -

Eval

uatio

n of

writ

ten

spee

ch.

- Ev

alua

tion

of g

roup

w

ork.

- Im

agin

e yo

u ha

ve

been

car

icat

ured

, w

rite

a re

spon

se to

th

e ar

tist,

telli

ng h

im

how

you

feel

abo

ut

his c

aric

atur

e of

you

. -

Cre

atio

n of

ca

ricat

ures

of

char

acte

rs in

a

liter

atur

e te

xt.

- C

reat

ion

of a

n “O

le

Mas

” ba

nd.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Def

initi

on o

f rol

e Im

port

ance

of r

ole.

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 88: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

CS

C

RIT

ICA

L L

IST

EN

ING

(S

PEE

CH

)

C

OM

PAR

E A

ND

C

ON

TR

AST

R

OL

E O

F C

HA

RA

CT

ER

SP

EE

CH

CA

RIC

AT

UR

E

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

• TA

PE R

ECO

RDER

CAS

SETT

ES

• TE

XT- S

peec

hes

• G

RAPH

IC

ORG

ANIZ

ERS

• G

RAPH

IC O

RGAN

IZER

Ve

nn D

iagr

am

• TE

XTS

– N

ewsp

aper

Art

icle

s, Br

ochu

res,

Po

ems

TEXT

S-

Shor

t Sto

ries

TEXT

- Sc

enar

ios

Sp

eech

es

TEXT

S-

Car

icat

ures

by

“Dew

” –

Dun

ston

Eu

stuc

e W

illia

ms

I

N

T

C

E

U

G

R

A

R

R

C

A

I

T

T

C

I I

U

V

N

L

I

G

A

T

R

I

E

S

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SC

IEN

CE

• M

ATH

EMAT

ICS

• SC

IEN

CE

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• VI

SUAL

AN

D

PERF

ORM

ING

ART

S •

SOC

IAL

STU

DIE

S

• VI

SUAL

AN

D

PERF

ORM

ING

AR

TS

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• AR

T •

SOC

IAL

STU

DIE

S •

MO

RAL

AND

VA

LUES

ED

UC

ATIO

N

TH

EM

E: R

ELA

TIO

NSH

IPS

(3)

T

ER

M T

WO

Page 89: Language Arts (1)

T

ER

M T

HR

EE

T

HE

ME

: C

AR

EE

RS

(1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

(MO

NO

LO

GU

ES)

C

AU

SE A

ND

E

FFE

CT

SO

UR

CE

S O

F C

ON

FLIC

T

QU

EST

ION

ING

SK

ILL

S

CO

MIC

ST

RIP

S

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O

B

J E C T I V E S

- us

e la

ngua

ge to

co

mm

unic

ate

a m

essa

ge to

an

aud

ienc

e -

effe

ctiv

ely

use

tone

, moo

d,

pitc

h, v

olum

e an

d pa

ce

whe

n co

mm

unic

atin

g w

ith

an a

udie

nce

- va

lue

thei

r voi

ce a

s an

orga

n fo

r com

mun

icat

ion

- de

velo

p co

nfid

ence

and

po

ise

whe

n pe

rfor

min

g be

fore

an

audi

ence

-

dem

onst

rate

an

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

pu

rpos

e an

d fu

nctio

n of

m

onol

ogue

s -

deve

lop

self-

este

em

- de

term

ine

caus

e an

d ef

fect

rela

tions

hips

-

dedu

ce th

e ef

fect

s of

stat

ed c

ause

s -

dedu

ce th

e ca

use/

s of

stat

ed e

ffec

ts

- dr

aw a

ccur

ate

conc

lusi

ons b

ased

on

evid

ence

- id

entif

y an

d ex

plor

e so

urce

s of c

onfli

ct

- de

term

ine

appr

opria

te

reso

lutio

n to

con

flict

si

tuat

ions

-

anal

yze

mot

ives

for

beha

viou

r -

dedu

ce th

e im

pact

of

conf

lict o

n in

divi

dual

s, so

ciet

ies a

nd in

in

stitu

tions

-

appr

ecia

te th

e im

porta

nce

of b

eing

self-

disc

iplin

ed

- ap

prec

iate

the

valu

e of

pe

ace

and

harm

ony

- ap

prec

iate

the

par

t tha

t co

nflic

t pla

ys in

life

.

- fr

ame

ques

tions

ac

cura

tely

-

use

diff

eren

t met

hods

to

fram

e qu

estio

ns:

Do/

Doe

s

Inve

rsio

n

Inte

rrog

ator

y ta

gs

W

ho/w

hat/w

here

/w

hen/

how

- de

mon

stra

te e

ffec

tive

ques

tioni

ng sk

ills

- lis

t the

feat

ures

of

com

ic st

rips

- ex

plai

n th

e fu

nctio

ns

of c

omic

strip

s -

outli

ne th

e de

vice

s us

ed in

com

ic st

rips

- cr

eate

com

ic st

rips

usin

g de

vice

s ou

tline

d

Page 90: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

(MO

NO

LO

GU

ES)

C

AU

SE A

ND

EFF

EC

T

SO

UR

CE

OF

CO

NFL

ICT

Q

UE

STIO

NIN

G

SKIL

LS

C

OM

IC S

TR

IPS

S T R A T E G I E S

RE

AD

ER

S T

HE

AT

RE

Stud

ents

are

giv

en a

n ex

cerp

t con

tain

ing

dial

ogue

to re

ad si

lent

ly

• St

uden

ts v

olun

teer

to re

ad

the

lines

of t

he d

iffer

ent

char

acte

rs in

the

exce

rpt.

• Th

e te

ache

r or s

tude

nts

can

read

the

narr

ativ

e pa

rts.

• In

divi

dual

stud

ents

re

ad th

eir l

ines

whe

n it

is

thei

r tur

n •

Cla

ss d

iscu

ssio

n on

in

divi

dual

read

ing

in

resp

onse

to th

e fo

llow

ing

ques

tions

:

W

ould

you

hav

e re

ad C

’s

line

in th

e sa

me

way

? W

hy/w

hy n

ot?

(T

one/

moo

d)

H

ow sh

ould

it b

e re

ad?

Wha

t ton

e w

ould

you

us

e?

W

ould

you

hav

e re

ad R

’s

line

at th

at sp

eed/

so

loud

ly/a

t tha

t pitc

h?

H

ow w

ould

you

hav

e re

ad it

?

PAIR

ED

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

giv

en tw

o en

velo

pes,

one

cont

aini

ng p

ictu

res

show

ing

poss

ible

ca

uses

and

ano

ther

with

pi

ctur

es sh

owin

g po

ssib

le e

ffec

ts

For e

xam

ple:

A

pic

ture

of s

omeo

ne

wat

erin

g pl

ants

A p

ictu

re o

f som

eone

st

rikin

g a

mat

ch

A

pic

ture

of f

low

ers i

n

bloo

m

A p

ictu

re o

f a m

atch

ab

laze

OR

• St

uden

ts v

iew

the

sam

e pi

ctur

es o

n th

e co

mpu

ter

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

vie

w fi

lm c

lip

of a

con

flict

scen

e •

Cla

ss d

iscu

sses

the

natu

re o

f the

con

flict

:

W

hat w

as th

e co

nflic

t ab

out?

Who

was

invo

lved

in

the

conf

lict?

Why

did

indi

vidu

als

beha

ve th

e w

ay th

ey

did?

Wha

t alte

rnat

ive

cour

se

of a

ctio

n co

uld

they

ha

ve ta

ken?

Cha

lkbo

ard

sum

mar

y us

ing

T-C

hart

Poss

ible

sour

ces o

f co

nflic

t

Poss

ible

way

s to

reso

lve

conf

lict

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

giv

en th

e fo

llow

ing

scen

ario

s:

You

are

a to

uris

t and

yo

u ne

ed to

find

you

r w

ay to

a p

opul

ar

site

/tour

ist a

ttrac

tion.

You

are

a p

olic

eman

an

d so

meo

ne h

as

aske

d yo

u to

hel

p hi

m/h

er fi

nd a

lost

ch

ild.

Y

ou n

eed

the

stor

e cl

erk’

s hel

p to

mak

e a

purc

hase

. •

Stud

ents

vol

unte

er

sam

ple

ques

tions

for

each

scen

ario

and

th

ese

are

plac

ed o

n ch

alkb

oard

. Tea

cher

us

es in

form

atio

n to

ca

tego

rize

and

poin

t ou

t the

diff

eren

t way

s th

at q

uest

ions

can

be

form

ed:

Inv

ersi

on

Int

erro

gato

ry

tags

U

sing

4W

’s a

nd

H

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

sa

mpl

e co

mic

strip

s al

ong

with

a d

ata

shee

t •

Stud

ents

exa

min

e co

mic

strip

s and

co

mpl

ete

the

data

sh

eet

DA

TA S

HE

ET

Feat

ures

of C

omic

St

rips

Sour

ce o

f W

ays t

o C

onfli

ct

re

solv

e

C

onfli

ct

LAN

GU

AGE

• D

irect

spee

ch

• C

onci

se la

ngua

ge

• O

nom

atop

oeia

Hum

our

CH

ARAC

TERS

Car

icat

ures

Few

in n

umbe

r

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (1

) T

ER

M T

HR

EE

Page 91: Language Arts (1)

T

HE

ME

: C

AR

EE

RS

(1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S (M

ON

OL

OG

UE

S)

C

AU

SE A

ND

E

FFE

CT

SO

UR

CE

S O

F C

ON

FLIC

T

Q

UE

STIO

NIN

G

SKIL

LS

C

OM

IC S

TR

IPS

S T R A T E G I E S

• St

uden

ts a

re in

vite

d to

de

mon

stra

te a

ltern

ativ

e w

ays o

f rea

ding

the

lines

. •

Stud

ents

dec

ide

on th

e be

st w

ay to

read

the

char

acte

rs’ l

ines

, and

the

exce

rpt i

s rea

d fo

r a fi

nal

time.

• St

uden

ts m

atch

pi

ctur

es to

show

a

poss

ible

cau

se a

nd it

s ef

fect

Stud

ents

writ

e th

e ca

use/

effe

ct

rela

tions

hip

FOR

EX

AM

PLE

If

you

wat

er y

our

pl

ants

, the

y w

ill b

loom

If

you

strik

e a

mat

ch,

it w

ill ig

nite

W

hen

you

wat

er y

our

pl

ants

, the

y bl

oom

.

W

hen

you

strik

e a

mat

ch, i

t ign

ites

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

C

orre

ctio

n of

Impr

ecis

e an

d D

oubl

e-ba

rrel

led

Que

stio

ns

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a li

st

of q

uest

ions

and

are

as

ked

to re

writ

e th

em, t

o m

ake

them

cle

arer

and

m

ore

effe

ctiv

e FO

R E

XA

MPL

E:

- If

you

had

a c

hoic

e

w

here

wou

ld y

ou li

ve?

• St

uden

ts sh

are

and

disc

uss t

heir

findi

ngs.

• In

form

atio

n ag

reed

on

is p

lace

d on

a

sim

ilar d

ata

shee

t w

hich

is p

lace

d on

th

e ch

alkb

oard

. •

Ref

errin

g to

the

data

sh

eet o

n th

e ch

alkb

oard

, stu

dent

s en

sure

that

thei

r in

divi

dual

dat

a sh

eet

is c

orre

ct.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Def

initi

on o

f ter

ms

“con

flict

” an

d “c

onfli

ct

reso

lutio

n”

Iden

tific

atio

n of

maj

or

sour

ces o

f con

flict

-

w

ith n

atur

e -

with

self

- w

ith so

ciet

y -

bet

wee

n

in

divi

dual

s

-

amon

g in

divi

dual

ch

arac

ters

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

• A

n ex

plor

atio

n of

tone

/moo

d/

pitc

h an

d vo

lum

e an

d th

e pa

rt th

ey p

lay

in

effe

ctiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n.

Voc

abul

ary

d

evel

opm

ent

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

• In

vers

ion

usin

g th

e pr

esen

t ten

se

• Q

uest

ions

usi

ng

do/d

oes

• In

terr

ogat

ory

tags

w

ithou

t co

ntra

ctio

n •

With

Con

trac

tion

don’

t/are

n’t/w

on’t

VIS

UA

L E

FF

EC

TS

Use

of s

ymbo

ls

SU

N

M

OO

N

U

se o

f im

ages

STR

UC

TUR

E

Use

of f

ram

es

Use

of s

peec

h bu

bble

s

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

Page 92: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

(MO

NO

LO

GU

ES)

C

AU

SE A

ND

E

FFE

CT

SO

UR

CE

S O

F C

ON

FLIC

T

Q

UE

STIO

NIN

G S

KIL

LS

C

OM

IC S

TR

IPS

S T R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• Ta

ped

mon

olog

ue is

pl

ayed

or t

each

er

perf

orm

s a d

ram

atic

m

onol

ogue

for s

tude

nts

• Ea

ch g

roup

of s

tude

nts i

s th

en in

vite

d to

cho

ose

a m

onol

ogue

from

one

of

thei

r lite

ratu

re te

xts.

(T

each

ers m

ay su

pply

su

pple

men

tary

pie

ces)

. •

Stud

ents

pre

pare

thei

r m

onol

ogue

(pee

r tu

torin

g) a

nd m

ake

clas

s pr

esen

tatio

n.

• St

uden

ts a

sses

s eac

h ot

her’

s pre

sent

atio

ns

usin

g st

uden

t mad

e ch

eckl

ist.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

pr

esen

ted

with

an

extra

ct fr

om A

gri-

Scie

nce

or

Geo

grap

hy te

xts.

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y th

e ef

fect

s of s

tate

d ca

uses

in th

e pa

ssag

e.

• St

uden

ts u

se T

-cha

rt or

oth

er g

raph

ics t

o ill

ustra

te re

spon

ses.

• St

uden

ts m

ake

pres

enta

tions

to th

e cl

ass u

sing

‘if’

and

‘w

hen’

con

stru

ctio

ns

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts d

escr

ibe

conf

lict t

hat t

eena

gers

ha

ve a

t hom

e/sc

hool

/in

soci

ety/

with

self.

Stud

ents

det

erm

ine

the

sour

ce o

f eac

h co

nflic

t an

d pr

ovid

e a

mea

ns o

f de

alin

g w

ith it

Stud

ents

iden

tify

the

impa

ct o

f con

flict

on

self

and

othe

rs.

• St

uden

ts re

port

to c

lass

an

d re

spon

ses a

re

map

ped

on c

halk

boar

d.

Res

olut

ion

Sou

rces

If y

ou h

ad a

cho

ice,

in

whi

ch c

ount

ry w

ould

yo

u liv

e?

- If

you

had

a c

hoic

e, in

w

hich

type

of h

ouse

w

ould

you

live

? -

How

long

will

it ta

ke to

ge

t to

Prin

ces T

own?

-

Wha

t did

you

lear

n th

is

mor

ning

? -

Wha

t do

you

thin

k ab

out

teac

hers

? •

Stud

ents

mak

e pr

esen

tatio

ns a

nd th

ere

is

disc

ussi

on a

nd fe

edba

ck

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• Ea

ch g

roup

of

stud

ents

is g

iven

a

diff

eren

t com

ic st

rip.

• St

uden

ts e

xplo

re th

e co

nten

ts o

f the

co

mic

strip

in o

rder

to

iden

tify

the

auth

or’s

inte

ntio

n •

Stud

ents

repo

rt on

th

eir f

indi

ngs a

nd a

ch

alkb

oard

sum

mar

y is

mad

e of

the

purp

ose

and

func

tion

of c

omic

st

rips.

FUN

CT

ION

S O

F C

OM

IC S

TR

IIPS

-

To

ent

erta

in

-

To w

arn

-

To a

dvis

e -

To

exp

lore

issu

es

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Con

stru

ctio

n of

se

nten

ces b

egin

ning

w

ith IF

cla

uses

. C

onst

ruct

ion

of

sent

ence

s in

trod

uced

by

WH

EN

cla

uses

.

Sou

rce

of

Con

flict

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (1

)

Page 93: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

(MO

NO

LO

GU

ES)

CA

USE

AN

D E

FFE

CT

SO

UR

CE

S O

F C

ON

FLIC

T

QU

EST

ION

ING

SK

ILL

S

CO

MIC

ST

RIP

S S T R A T E G I E S

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

writ

e a

brie

f res

pons

e to

on

e of

the

follo

win

g ex

perie

nces

:

You

hav

e ju

st lo

st y

our

Pe

t.

Y

ou h

ave

just

won

a

Com

petit

ion.

Y

ou h

ave

been

unf

airly

tre

ated

by

som

eone

in

auth

ority

. •

A n

umbe

r of s

tude

nts

may

cho

ose

to re

spon

d to

th

e sa

me

expe

rienc

e •

Stud

ents

can

tape

thei

r re

spon

ses

• St

uden

ts m

ake

pres

enta

tions

Stud

ents

dis

cuss

pr

esen

tatio

ns

• C

lass

ass

essm

ent o

f pe

rfor

man

ce

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts v

iew

a sh

ort

Scie

nce

or G

eogr

aphy

do

cum

enta

ry.

• A

list

of e

ffec

ts is

giv

en

to th

em.

• St

uden

ts v

iew

film

ag

ain

and

iden

tify

the

poss

ible

cau

se/s

Stud

ents

shar

e an

d di

scus

s the

ir re

spon

se.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts re

ad a

sele

cted

pa

ssag

e an

d id

entif

y th

e ca

use

and

effe

ct

rela

tions

hips

. •

Stud

ents

writ

e th

e ca

use

and

effe

ct

rela

tions

hip

usin

g ei

ther

IF c

laus

es o

r W

HE

N c

laus

es.

• St

uden

ts sh

are

and

disc

uss t

heir

resp

onse

s •

Teac

her g

ives

fe

edba

ck.

eff

ect 1

e

ffec

t 2

eff

ect

3 e

ffec

t 4

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• JO

UR

NA

L E

NTR

Y

-

Stu

dent

s are

invi

ted

to

n

ote

wha

t for

them

, is

a

sour

ce o

f con

flict

, an

d w

rite

a pr

ivat

e m

essa

ge to

them

selv

es

in th

eir j

ourn

al a

bout

ho

w th

ey re

solv

e to

de

al w

ith it

in th

e fu

ture

FO

R E

XA

MPL

E:

I res

olve

not

to…

……

..

I r

esol

ve n

ever

to…

….

I res

olve

that

I……

…..

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• R

esou

rce

pers

ons f

rom

di

ffer

ent p

rofe

ssio

ns

are

to b

e in

vite

d to

m

ake

pres

enta

tions

to

the

clas

s -

A

pol

icem

an

-

A se

cret

ary

-

A

doc

tor

-

A

fash

ion

desi

gner

-

A

dis

c jo

ckey

-

A

hai

r dre

sser

PAIR

ED

WO

RK

ED

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

care

fully

sele

cted

sa

mpl

e co

mic

strip

s al

ong

with

lead

qu

estio

ns.

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

com

ic st

rips

usin

g qu

estio

ns a

s a

guid

e.

Lea

d Q

uest

ions

:

W

hat i

s the

eff

ect o

f th

e cl

ose-

up sh

ot in

th

is fr

ame?

How

doe

s the

writ

er

give

the

impr

essi

on

of d

ista

nce

in th

is

fram

e?

W

hat p

urpo

se d

oes

usin

g on

ly tw

o fr

ames

serv

e?

W

hat i

s the

eff

ect o

f va

ryin

g le

tter s

ize?

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Fac

tors

whi

ch

cont

ribu

te to

eff

ectiv

e qu

estio

ning

skill

s

Prec

ise

phra

sing

Lac

k of

am

bigu

ity

A

bsen

ce o

f dou

ble-

ba

rrel

led

ques

tions

CA

USE

/CO

NFL

ICT

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (1

)

Page 94: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S (M

ON

OL

OG

UE

S)

CA

USE

AN

D

EFF

EC

T

SOU

RC

ES

OF

CO

NFL

ICT

Q

UE

STIO

NIN

G

SKIL

LS

C

OM

IC S

TR

IPS

S T R A T E G I E S

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

exa

min

e so

urce

s of c

onfli

ct in

fa

mili

ar st

orie

s, fo

r ex

ampl

e,

The

Ugl

y D

uckl

ing”

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

rete

ll pa

rts o

f th

e st

orie

s to

sugg

est

acce

ptab

le, a

ltern

ativ

e pa

ttern

s of b

ehav

iour

. •

Stud

ents

iden

tify

the

sour

ce/s

of c

onfli

ct a

nd

way

s to

reso

lve

it/th

em.

• St

uden

ts ro

le-p

lay

to

show

alte

rnat

ive

patte

rns

of b

ehav

iour

.

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

prep

are

a lis

t of f

ive

ques

tions

to a

sk o

ne o

f th

e pe

rson

s who

will

be

invi

ted.

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

gro

uped

ba

sed

on th

eir c

hoic

e of

ca

reer

per

son

and

are

aske

d to

shar

e an

d re

vise

th

eir q

uest

ions

. •

Stud

ents

com

pile

one

list

fo

r sub

mis

sion

. IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

cre

ate

a lis

t of

ques

tions

nee

ded

to g

ain

addi

tiona

l inf

orm

atio

n on

car

eer o

f the

ir ch

oice

. •

Stud

ents

use

com

pute

r/ lib

rary

to g

athe

r in

form

atio

n on

the

care

er

of th

eir c

hoic

e.

• St

uden

t pre

sent

atio

ns

and

clas

s dis

cuss

ions

ar

e he

ld to

exp

lore

th

e de

vice

s whi

ch c

an

be u

sed

in th

e cr

eatio

n of

com

ic

strip

s. •

Stud

ents

cre

ate

a gr

aphi

c to

repr

esen

t th

e de

vice

s. SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

cre

ate

a fiv

e-fr

ame

com

ic

strip

bas

ed o

n ex

cerp

ts fr

om

liter

atur

e te

xts o

r se

lect

ed th

emes

. •

Com

ic st

rips a

re

circ

ulat

ed to

oth

er

grou

ps a

nd a

re

criti

qued

by

peer

s. •

Stud

ents

revi

se c

omic

st

rips b

ased

on

feed

back

giv

en.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

• W

ill/W

ould

Use

of t

he

cons

truct

ion

”I

reso

lve”

and

oth

er

sim

ilar

cons

truct

ions

I i

nten

d

I

reso

lve

I

have

dec

ided

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (1

) T

ER

M T

HR

EE

Page 95: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S (M

ON

OL

OG

UE

S)

C

AU

SE A

ND

EFF

EC

T

SOU

RC

ES

OF

CO

NFL

ICT

Q

UE

STIO

NIN

G

SKIL

LS

C

OM

IC S

TR

IPS

E V A L U A T I O N

- Pr

esen

tatio

n of

m

onol

ogue

s cho

sen

from

te

xt

- A

sses

smen

t of c

heck

list

for a

sses

sing

ora

l pe

rfor

man

ces

- C

reat

ion

of a

gra

phic

to

repr

esen

t eff

ectiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

- W

ritte

n ex

erci

se:-

The

Impo

rtanc

e of

Eff

ectiv

e C

omm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

- A

sses

smen

t of t

aped

re

spon

se

- Id

entif

icat

ion

of c

ause

an

d ef

fect

rela

tions

hips

-

Com

posi

tion

of

stat

emen

ts sh

owin

g ca

use

and

effe

ct re

latio

nshi

ps

- G

raph

ic w

ork

show

ing

caus

e an

d ef

fect

re

latio

nshi

ps re

sulti

ng

from

con

flict

situ

atio

ns

- La

belli

ng o

f exc

erpt

s ba

sed

on th

eir s

ourc

e of

co

nflic

t.

- C

onfli

ct w

ith

ch

arac

ters

-

Con

flict

am

ong

c

hara

cter

s -

Con

flict

with

self

- C

onfli

ct w

ith so

ciet

y -

Con

flict

with

nat

ure

W

ritte

n ex

erci

se:

- W

rite

a cr

eativ

e pi

ece

sh

owin

g th

e re

solu

tion

of

a co

nflic

t

- C

reat

ion

of li

st o

f qu

estio

ns fo

r in

terv

iew

of c

aree

r pe

rson

-

Rew

ritin

g of

in

effe

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns

- C

reat

ion

of c

omic

st

rip

- C

reat

ion

of

chec

klis

t to

asse

ss

com

ic st

rips

- W

ritte

n ex

erci

se:

“The

Pur

pose

and

Fu

nctio

n of

Com

ic S

trips

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (1

)

Page 96: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

(MO

NO

LO

GU

ES)

CA

USE

AN

D E

FFE

CT

SO

UR

CE

S O

F C

ON

FLIC

T

QU

EST

ION

ING

SK

ILL

S

CO

MIC

ST

RIP

S R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

• TE

XT

• TA

PED

MO

NO

LOG

UE

• TA

PE R

ECO

RDER

• PI

CTU

RE

• C

OM

PUTE

R •

TEXT

S •

GRA

PHIC

S –

T-

Cha

rt

• D

OC

UM

ENTA

RY

• VI

DEO

CLI

P •

GRA

PHIC

S –

T-

Cha

rts

• TE

XTS

• TE

XTS

• C

OM

PUTE

R

• D

ATA

SHEE

T •

TEXT

S •

CO

MIC

STR

IPS

• C

OM

PUTE

R (I

NTE

RNET

)

I

N

T

C

E

U

G

R

A

R

R

C

A

I

T

T

C

I

I

U

V

N

L

I

G

A

T

R

I

E

S

• M

USI

C

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• VI

SUAL

AN

D

PERF

ORM

ING

ART

S

• G

EOG

RAPH

Y •

SCIE

NC

E •

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• VI

SUAL

AN

D

PERF

ORM

ING

ART

S •

MO

RAL

AND

VA

LUES

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• VI

SUAL

AN

D

PERF

ORM

ING

AR

TS

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (1

)

Page 97: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/ S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

C

HO

RA

L S

PEA

KIN

G

SU

MM

AR

IZIN

G

PLO

T

DE

VE

LO

PME

NT

NA

RR

AT

IVE

H

EA

DL

INE

S A

ND

C

APT

ION

S

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

O

B

J E C T I V E S

-

pron

ounc

e w

ords

co

rrec

tly

-

enun

ciat

e ac

cura

tely

-

us

e w

ords

to c

reat

e ef

fect

-

ap

prec

iate

lang

uage

as

an

eff

icie

nt v

ehic

le to

co

mm

unic

ate

tone

,

m

ood,

atm

osph

ere

and

m

essa

ge

-

appr

ecia

te th

e

impo

rtanc

e of

sy

nchr

oniz

atio

n -

ap

prec

iate

the

valu

e of

w

orki

ng a

s a te

am

-

sum

mar

ize

text

-

appr

ecia

te th

e va

lue

of

co

ncis

e la

ngua

ge

- ap

prec

iate

the

im

porta

nce

of

sequ

ence

- id

entif

y th

e m

ain

eve

nts i

n a

text

-

an

alys

e th

e st

ory

st

ruct

ure

of a

giv

en

text

-

det

erm

ine

the

rel

atio

nshi

p be

twee

n

sto

ry st

ruct

ure

and

a

utho

r’s i

nten

tion

-

iden

tify

diff

eren

t

ty

pes o

f sto

ry

stru

ctur

e an

d th

e

purp

ose

and

func

tion

of

eac

h -

app

reci

ate

the

valu

e of

st

ory

stru

ctur

e -

tra

nsfe

r kno

wle

dge

of

stor

y st

ruct

ure

to th

e

crea

tion

of th

eir o

wn

st

orie

s

- ge

nera

te a

nd d

evel

op

idea

s in

resp

onse

to a

gi

ven

topi

c -

use

lang

uage

ef

fect

ivel

y to

mak

e a

st

ory

vivi

d an

d

ap

peal

ing

to a

n

audi

ence

-

use

punc

tuat

ion

ef

fect

ivel

y -

crea

te a

stor

y us

ing

a

head

line

from

a

new

spap

er.

- s

tate

the

purp

ose

of

head

lines

and

ca

ptio

ns

-

desc

ribe

tech

niqu

es

use

d in

the

crea

tion

of

hea

dlin

es a

nd

capt

ions

-

cr

eate

hea

dlin

es a

nd

capt

ions

for

chos

en

artic

les a

nd p

ictu

res.

- va

lue

the

pow

er o

f

co

ncis

e la

ngua

ge

T

ER

M T

HR

EE

T

HE

ME

: C

AR

EE

RS

(2)

Page 98: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/ S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SUM

MA

RIZ

ING

PL

OT

D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

N

AR

RA

TIV

E

HE

AD

LIN

ES

AN

D

CA

PTIO

NS

S T R A T E G I E S

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a te

xt

and

are

aske

d to

read

qu

ietly

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• Te

ache

r the

n re

ads t

ext

and

guid

es w

hole

cla

ss

disc

ussi

on to

ens

ure

that

th

e te

xt is

und

erst

ood

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

dram

atiz

e po

rtion

s of t

he

text

in o

rder

to c

onso

lidat

e m

eani

ng

• W

ith th

e he

lp o

f lea

ding

qu

estio

ns, s

tude

nts i

dent

ify

moo

d an

d at

mos

pher

e cr

eate

d in

the

text

and

the

tone

of t

he sp

eake

r. FO

R EX

AMPL

E -

Wha

t fee

lings

do

the

wor

ds

arou

se in

you

? -

Wha

t is t

he to

ne o

f the

w

riter

in li

ne

Hap

py

Sad

Con

cern

ed

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

shor

t sto

ry a

nd a

re a

sked

to

cre

ate,

in fi

ve fr

ames

, a

com

ic st

rip b

ased

on

it.

• C

lass

pre

sent

atio

n,

follo

wed

by

disc

ussi

on.

• St

uden

ts p

ost c

omic

strip

ar

ound

the

room

. •

In g

roup

s, st

uden

ts v

iew

an

d ev

alua

te e

ach

strip

. IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

giv

en a

n ex

perim

ent f

rom

a

Scie

nce

text

and

are

as

ked

to e

num

erat

e th

e st

eps

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

num

bere

d ch

art w

ith

whi

ch to

wor

k

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

ive

copi

es

of a

cho

sen

shor

t sto

ry

or sh

ort p

lay

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to u

se

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing

grap

hics

to m

ap o

ut

mai

n ev

ents

of t

he

stor

y/pl

ay

ST

OR

Gro

up p

rese

ntat

ion

and

verif

icat

ion

of

resp

onse

s

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

are

giv

en a

ne

wsp

aper

hea

dlin

e to

gen

erat

e id

eas

usin

g a

Stor

y St

ar

for e

.g.

- “

Bab

y fo

und

aban

done

d in

fast

fo

od o

utle

t”

STO

RY

STA

R

Whe

re?

W

ho?

W

hen?

R

esul

t

Why

? C

oncl

usio

n SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

C

OO

PER

ATI

VE

CLA

SS

STO

RY

• In

rela

tion

to id

eas

gene

rate

d ab

ove,

eac

h gr

oup

of a

bout

five

st

uden

ts d

evel

ops a

sh

ort s

tory

. •

Stor

ies a

re w

ritte

n an

d th

ey a

re sh

ared

ora

lly.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

C

APT

ION

S -

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

pict

ure

with

cap

tions

fr

om th

e ne

wsp

aper

-

Stud

ents

exa

min

e pi

ctur

e in

an

atte

mpt

to

iden

tify

the

rela

tions

hip

betw

een

the

capt

ion

and

the

p

ictu

re

- St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

la

ngua

ge u

sed

in

capt

ions

-

Cha

lkbo

ard

sum

mar

y do

ne

____

____

_ 1.

__

____

____

____

2.

__

____

____

____

3.

__

____

____

____

4.

____

____

____

__5.

__

____

____

____

STO

RY

S

TOR

Y

STO

RY

TR

AIN

MA

P

LA

DD

ER

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

T

ER

M T

HR

EE

Page 99: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

L

IST

EN

ING

/ SP

EA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SUM

MA

RIZ

ING

PLO

T D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

N

AR

RA

TIV

E

HE

AD

LIN

ES

AN

D

CA

PTIO

NS

S T R A T E G I E S

• W

hat i

s the

gen

eral

at

mos

pher

e of

the

text

?

Iden

tify

wor

ds/e

xpre

ssio

ns

whi

ch, i

n yo

ur o

pini

on,

help

to c

reat

e th

is

atm

osph

ere

Cha

lkbo

ard

revi

ew a

nd

sum

mar

y W

HO

LE G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

and

teac

hers

id

entif

y w

ords

that

they

w

ill h

ave

to e

xerc

ise

care

in p

rono

unci

ng.

• W

ords

are

pla

ced

on

chal

kboa

rd a

nd st

uden

ts

liste

n to

the

corr

ect

pron

unci

atio

n/

enun

ciat

ion

on ta

pe o

r by

the

teac

her

• St

uden

ts re

peat

, the

n

prac

tise

in sm

all g

roup

s

• St

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

us

e gr

aphi

cs to

acc

ompa

ny

the

list.

IN

TE

RE

ST G

RA

PH

Poin

ts o

f int

eres

t H

igh

M

oder

ate

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• U

sing

the

prev

ious

shor

t st

ory/

play

stud

ents

are

as

ked

to d

ivid

e an

othe

r st

ory

into

beg

inni

ng/

mid

dle/

end.

Stud

ents

’ ide

as a

re

pres

ente

d on

cha

lkbo

ard

usin

g a

grap

hic

orga

nize

r. EV

ENTS

OF

STO

RY

• C

lass

dis

cuss

ion

on

deve

lopm

ent o

f ide

as

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

CA

PTIO

NS

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

th

ree

pict

ure

and

an

enve

lope

with

four

ca

ptio

ns

• St

uden

ts m

atch

pi

ctur

es w

ith c

aptio

ns

• St

uden

ts e

xpla

in

choi

ce

• W

hole

cla

ss

asse

ssm

ent

Beg

inni

ng

Mid

dle

E

nd

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Purp

ose

and

func

tion

of c

aptio

ns -

Attr

act a

ttent

ion

- C

ue re

ader

into

si

gnifi

cant

de

tails

-

Shap

e re

ader

s’

resp

onse

-

Put p

ictu

re in

to

cont

ext

Lang

uage

of

Cap

tions

: C

lear

, Gra

phic

, C

onci

se, W

itty

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

- U

se o

f eff

ectiv

e

lang

uage

-

Cho

osin

g th

e

mos

t app

ropr

iate

wor

d fo

r th

e

co

ntex

t. M

OV

EM

EN

T -

Gal

lop,

scur

ry,

ran,

mar

ch, s

trut

.

EM

OTI

ON

S -

Fri

ghte

ned,

an

xiou

s,

petr

ified

SP

EE

CH

-

go

ssip

whi

sper

,

be

rate

, gru

mbl

e,

mum

ble

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Rev

iew

– id

entif

ying

r

elev

ant

det

ails

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

T

ER

M T

HR

EE

Page 100: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SUM

MA

RIZ

ING

PLO

T D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

N

AR

RA

TIV

E

HE

AD

LIN

ES

AN

D

CA

PTIO

NS

S T R

A T E G I E S

• St

uden

ts a

re in

vite

d to

lis

ten

to th

e pr

onun

ciat

ion

and

enun

ciat

ion

of w

ords

on

tape

whe

n ne

cess

ary

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

O

rche

stra

tion

of te

xt

• St

uden

ts a

nd te

ache

rs

mar

k:

-

the

phr

asin

g

thro

ugho

ut th

e te

xt

-

the

poin

ts a

t whi

ch

to p

ause

-

th

e w

ords

/line

s to

be

said

loud

ly/s

oftly

/fast

/

sl

owly

-

th

e lin

es w

here

an

in

divi

dual

voi

ce o

r

sm

all g

roup

s wor

k is

ne

eded

• St

uden

ts p

ract

ise

text

in

parts

and

in it

s ent

irety

, pa

ying

atte

ntio

n to

sy

nchr

oniz

atio

n

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

pass

age

from

a

His

tory

text

and

are

as

ked

to su

mm

ariz

e th

e in

form

atio

n us

ing

a tim

e lin

e or

a

time

ladd

er.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

pass

age

and

are

aske

d to

redu

ce it

to

one

third

of i

ts

leng

th

• St

uden

ts sh

are

and

feed

back

is g

iven

Stud

ents

wou

ld

choo

se o

ne o

f the

ca

reer

s fro

m th

e lis

teni

ng/s

peak

ing

Stra

nd a

nd c

reat

e th

e jo

b ap

plic

atio

n fo

rm

• Su

gges

t tha

t for

ms

coul

d be

pre

sent

ed

on o

verh

ead

proj

ecto

r, us

ing

bris

tol b

oard

etc

.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

read

an

extra

ct fr

om a

pl

ay w

ith a

diff

eren

t st

ory

stru

ctur

e an

d pe

rfor

m th

e sa

me

task

. •

Dis

cuss

ion

of ty

pes o

f st

ruct

ure

and

the

purp

ose

and

func

tion

of

each

. •

Stud

ents

are

ask

ed to

id

entif

y po

ints

of l

ow,

mod

erat

e an

d hi

gh

inte

rest

in th

e st

ory

• St

uden

ts re

pres

ent t

his

info

rmat

ion

on a

gra

ph

on tr

ansp

aren

cies

Tran

spar

enci

es a

re

view

ed a

nd d

iscu

ssed

.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts re

vise

shor

t st

ory

prev

ious

ly

writ

ten

to im

prov

e la

ngua

ge u

sed.

IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

ST

OR

Y C

HA

RT

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

an

othe

r hea

dlin

e an

d af

ter b

rain

stor

min

g,

they

repr

esen

t ide

as

on a

stor

y ch

art.

STO

RY

CH

AR

T

H

EA

DL

INE

C

hara

cter

S

ettin

g

Plot

Dev

.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• A

pic

ture

with

out

capt

ion

is ta

ped

to

chal

kboa

rd

• St

uden

ts a

re a

sked

to

crea

te a

cap

tion

for t

he

pict

ure

• St

uden

ts re

ad c

aptio

ns

whi

ch th

ey c

reat

ed

• C

lass

cho

oses

the

best

ca

ptio

n. T

his i

s tap

ed to

pi

ctur

e on

cha

lkbo

ard

HE

AD

LIN

ES

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

new

spap

er a

rticl

es w

ith

head

lines

Stud

ents

iden

tify

the

purp

ose

of h

eadl

ines

Stud

ents

exa

min

e th

e la

ngua

ge u

sed

in

head

lines

Stud

ents

eng

age

in

who

le c

lass

shar

ing

• C

halk

boar

d su

mm

ary

done

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

INT

RO

DU

CT

ION

T

O T

ER

MS:

- ex

posi

tion

- cl

imax

-

deno

uem

ent

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

Page 101: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

L

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SUM

MA

RIZ

ING

PL

OT

D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

N

AR

RA

TIV

E

HE

AD

LIN

ES

AN

D

CA

PTIO

NS

S T

R A T E G I E S

• St

uden

ts w

rite

a st

ory

• St

uden

ts sh

are

oral

ly

for p

eer a

sses

smen

t IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

revi

se

stor

ies t

o en

sure

the

effe

ctiv

e us

e of

la

ngua

ge a

nd

punc

tuat

ion

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• Th

e w

ords

of a

hea

dlin

e ar

e cu

t apa

rt an

d pl

aced

in

an

enve

lope

. •

Stud

ents

are

giv

en th

e co

rres

pond

ing

new

spap

er a

rticl

e w

ith

the

enve

lope

of w

ords

Stud

ents

are

ask

ed to

us

e w

ords

in th

e en

velo

pe to

cre

ate

a he

adlin

e fo

r the

arti

cle.

Stud

ents

read

the

head

lines

cre

ated

. •

Stud

ents

cho

ose

the

mos

t eff

ectiv

e he

adlin

e.

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

The

new

spap

er a

rticl

e an

d ch

osen

hea

dlin

e ar

e st

uck

to th

e ch

alkb

oard

The

stud

ents

exa

min

e or

igin

al h

eadl

ine

and

disc

uss t

he si

mila

ritie

s be

twee

n th

e or

igin

al

and

the

chos

en

head

line.

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Eff

ectiv

e us

e of

pu

nctu

atio

n m

arks

;

:

!

, . “

?

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

Page 102: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

TO

PIC

O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S C

HO

RA

L S

PEA

KIN

G

SU

MM

AR

IZIN

G

PL

OT

DE

VE

LO

PME

NT

NA

RR

AT

IVE

H

EA

DL

INE

S A

ND

C

APT

ION

S S T R A T E G I E S

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K •

Stud

ents

com

pare

the

lang

uage

of c

aptio

ns

and

head

lines

Res

pons

es a

re n

oted

on

a T-

Cha

rt on

ch

alkb

oard

.

CA

PTIO

N

HEA

DLI

NES

Fu

ll

Con

dens

ed

Sent

ence

s

Ph

rase

s

C

hann

els

Om

issi

on o

f

a

rticl

es

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

Page 103: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SUM

MA

RIZ

ING

PLO

T D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

N

AR

RA

TIV

E

H

EA

DL

INE

S A

ND

C

APT

ION

S S T R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

an

enve

lope

with

wor

ds

• St

uden

ts u

se fi

ve o

f th

ese

wor

ds to

cre

ate

a he

adlin

e •

Stud

ents

stic

k he

adlin

e to

a sh

eet o

f pap

er a

nd

crea

te a

shor

t ne

wsp

aper

arti

cle

base

d on

the

head

line.

Stud

ents

com

pile

fin

ishe

d ar

ticle

s int

o a

clas

s ‘ne

wsp

aper

.’

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

Page 104: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

OR

AC

Y S

KIL

LS

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SUM

MA

RIZ

ING

PLO

T D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T

N

AR

RA

TIV

E

HE

AD

LIN

ES

AN

D

CA

PTIO

NS

E

V A L U A T I O N

- O

rche

stra

tion

is ta

ped

fo

r sel

f-as

sess

men

t -

Orc

hest

ratio

n is

per

form

ed fo

r a p

anel

of

in

depe

nden

t jud

ges

b

efor

e an

aud

ienc

e fr

om

the

scho

ol p

opul

atio

n

- A

por

tfolio

ass

embl

y

of ta

sks d

one

durin

g

the

unit

- A

dia

ry e

ntry

of o

ne

d

ay’s

act

ivity

-

Sum

mar

y of

a

new

spap

er a

rticl

e.

- M

appi

ng st

ory

stru

ctur

e

o

n in

tere

st g

raph

-

Ide

ntifi

catio

n of

stor

y

s

truct

ure

of c

hose

n st

ory

- W

ritte

n re

spon

se :

“Th

e

role

of s

tory

stru

ctur

e in

a

give

n te

xt.”

- Th

e fin

al d

raft

of

shor

t sto

ry

- A

sses

smen

t of S

tory

C

hart

- A

sses

smen

t of

stud

ents

’ por

tfolio

of

all f

our d

rafts

of t

heir

stor

y

- C

reat

ion

of c

aptio

ns in

re

spon

se to

giv

en

pict

ures

from

the

ne

wsp

aper

-

C

reat

ion

of h

eadl

ines

for n

ewsp

aper

arti

cles

-

C

reat

ion

of c

aptio

ns

for w

ordl

ess c

arto

ons

- C

reat

ion

of a

rticl

es in

re

spon

se to

hea

dlin

es

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

Page 105: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

S

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

OR

AC

Y S

PEA

KIN

G

CH

OR

AL

SPE

AK

ING

SU

MM

AR

IZIN

G

PL

OT

DE

VE

LO

PME

NT

NA

RR

AT

IVE

HE

AD

LIN

ES

AN

D

CA

PTIO

NS

R

E S O

U

R

C

E S

• TE

XT

• G

RAPH

ICS

CAS

SETT

ES

CO

MIC

STR

IP

• G

RAPH

IC

ORG

ANIZ

ERS

GRA

PHIC

O

RGAN

IZER

S •

TEXT

S –

Stor

ies

• N

EWSP

APER

S •

GRA

PHIC

O

RGAN

IZER

S

• N

EWSP

APER

A

RTIC

LES

• N

EWSP

APER

P

ICTU

RES

GRA

PHIC

S

I

N

T

C

E

U

G

R

A

R

R

C

A

I

T

T

C

I

I

U

V

N

L

I

G

A

T

R

I

E

S

MU

SIC

SCIE

NC

E •

ART

MU

SIC

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (2

)

Page 106: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

EFF

ER

EN

T L

IST

EN

ING

/ O

RA

CY

SK

ILL

S (I

NT

ER

VIE

WS)

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

Stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

O

B

J E C T I V E

S

- to

exp

ress

them

selv

es

cl

early

and

pre

cise

ly

whe

n as

king

qu

estio

ns.

- de

duce

sign

ifica

nt

deta

ils fr

om re

spon

ses

gi

ven.

-

resp

ond

appr

opria

tely

to

resp

onse

s

- de

mon

stra

te re

spec

t

fo

r an

othe

r per

son

durin

g th

e in

terv

iew

.

- in

terp

ret i

nfor

mat

ion

on fo

rms.

- de

duce

the

mea

ning

of

stan

dard

ab

brev

iatio

ns u

sed

on

form

s. -

id

entif

y ho

w

info

rmat

ion

is

orga

nize

d on

form

s -

ap

prec

iate

the

us

eful

ness

of f

orm

s -

ca

tego

rize

info

rmat

ion

need

ed

on fo

rms.

-

com

plet

e fo

rms

accu

rate

ly.

-

crea

te fo

rms t

o

acce

ss d

ata.

-

app

reci

ate

the

im

porta

nce

of

hone

sty

whe

n

com

plet

ing

form

s.

-

iden

tify

the

liter

ary

devi

ce –

sym

bol.

-

expl

ain

the

mea

ning

of

this

lite

rary

dev

ice

w

hen

used

. -

use

this

lite

rary

de

vice

e

ffec

tivel

y.

- ap

prec

iate

the

im

pact

of i

ts u

se in

sp

eech

and

writ

ing.

-

de

velo

p an

ap

prec

iatio

n of

liter

ary

wor

ks.

-

use

the

form

at fo

r

w

ritin

g fo

rmal

lette

rs

to fr

ame

a le

tter o

f

in

vita

tion.

-

ide

ntify

the

esse

ntia

l

de

tails

nee

ded

in a

le

tter o

f inv

itatio

n.

- u

se la

ngua

ge

appr

opria

te fo

r a

form

al le

tter.

-

mak

e ap

prop

riate

ch

oice

of s

tatio

nery

. -

de

mon

stra

te su

itabl

e

addr

essi

ng sy

stem

on

en

velo

pe.

-

appr

ecia

te th

e

impo

rtanc

e of

pr

esen

tatio

n w

hen

w

ritin

g fo

rmal

lette

rs.

- s

tate

the

feat

ures

of

car

toon

s -

exp

lain

the

fu

nctio

ns o

f

ca

rtoon

s -

out

line

the

devi

ces

u

sed

in c

arto

ons

- e

xpla

in th

e

p

roce

dure

use

d in

the

cre

atio

n of

car

toon

s -

dis

cern

the

impa

ct

t

hat c

arto

ons c

an

h

ave

on th

e vi

ewer

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 107: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

INT

ER

VIE

WIN

G S

KIL

LS

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

S T R A T E G I E S

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

A p

anel

of c

aree

r pe

rson

s is i

nvite

d to

vis

it th

e st

uden

ts

• St

uden

ts p

ose

ques

tions

to

indi

vidu

al m

embe

rs o

f th

e pa

nel t

o ga

ther

in

form

atio

n ab

out t

heir

care

er.

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

brin

g in

sa

mpl

e ap

plic

atio

n fo

rms

• St

uden

ts e

xam

ine

the

form

s to

clas

sify

the

type

s of i

nfor

mat

ion

aske

d, fo

r exa

mpl

e,

Pers

onal

dat

a.

In

form

atio

n re

late

d to

oc

cupa

tion.

Spec

ifics

rela

ted

to

the

purp

ose

of

appl

icat

ion.

• St

uden

ts p

oint

out

a

bbre

viat

ions

use

d

on

the

form

s and

s

tate

wha

t the

y

mea

n:

dd/

mm

/yy

Tel

. No:

W-

H

-

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re sh

own

popu

lar s

ymbo

ls:

The

vict

ory

sign

The

thum

bs-u

p si

gn

Th

e th

umbs

-dow

n

s

ign

THE

OPE

N P

ALM

U

PRIG

HT

O

UTS

TRET

CH

ED

The

pow

er si

gn

• (S

tude

nts u

se

inte

rvie

w q

uest

ions

w

hich

wer

e fr

amed

in

WR

ITIN

G T

erm

3/

2)

• St

uden

ts ta

ke c

aref

ul

note

s dur

ing

the

inte

rvie

w.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• C

lass

inte

nds t

o in

vite

re

sour

ce p

erso

ns to

ad

dres

s stu

dent

s on

care

er c

hoic

es

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y th

e re

sour

ce p

erso

ns to

w

hom

lette

rs o

f in

vita

tion

may

be

sent

Cla

ss e

ngag

es in

di

scus

sion

to id

entif

y es

sent

ial d

etai

ls n

eede

d in

the

lette

r:

Th

e re

ason

for t

he

invi

tatio

n

The

bene

fits o

f the

vis

it to

the

clas

s

A su

itabl

e cl

ose

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

data

she

et b

efor

e vi

ewin

g th

ree

shor

t ca

rtoon

s. D

ATA

SH

EE

T Fe

atur

es o

f car

toon

s

LA

NG

UA

GE

USE

C

onci

se la

ngua

ge

Nar

ratio

n Ab

senc

e of

spee

ch

CH

AR

AC

TE

R

Ster

eoty

pica

l Re

pres

enta

tiona

l

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 108: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

INT

ER

VIE

WIN

G S

KIL

LS

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

S T R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts a

re g

roup

ed

acco

rdin

g to

thei

r car

eer

choi

ce.

• St

uden

ts c

olla

te

info

rmat

ion

gath

ered

du

ring

the

inte

rvie

w

abou

t the

ir ca

reer

cho

ice:

W

hat t

he jo

b en

tails

The

leng

th o

f the

cou

rse

of st

udy

The

inst

itutio

ns w

here

tra

inin

g ca

n be

obt

aine

d

The

qual

ifica

tions

nee

ded

Jo

b op

portu

nitie

s

• In

form

atio

n is

co

llate

d an

d ch

alkb

oard

sum

mar

y do

ne

• St

uden

ts w

ould

cho

ose

one

of th

e ca

reer

s fro

m

the

List

enin

g/Sp

eaki

ng

Stra

nd a

nd c

reat

e th

e jo

b ap

plic

atio

n fo

rm

• Fo

rms m

ay b

e pr

esen

ted

on o

verh

ead

proj

ecto

r/bris

tol b

oard

.

• St

uden

ts a

nd te

ache

r en

gage

in d

iscu

ssio

n on

th

e m

eani

ng o

f the

sign

s an

d th

e po

ssib

le

rela

tions

hip

betw

een

the

actu

al si

gns a

nd th

eir

mea

ning

. •

Stud

ents

sugg

est o

ther

si

gns,

disc

uss t

heir

mea

ning

and

show

the

rela

tions

hip

betw

een

the

sign

and

its m

eani

ng.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts m

ake

a lis

t of

sym

bols

they

see

in th

eir

envi

ronm

ent:

A ch

alkb

oard

sum

mar

y is

do

ne

• St

uden

ts w

rite

first

dra

ft of

thei

r let

ter.

(Eac

h gr

oup

is to

send

a le

tter

to a

diff

eren

t res

ourc

e pe

rson

) •

Gro

up le

tters

are

read

an

d fe

edba

ck is

giv

en b

y te

ache

r and

stud

ents

on

cont

ent o

f the

lette

r SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

exa

min

e th

e la

ngua

ge u

sed

in th

eir

lette

rs.

• St

uden

ts a

re g

uide

d by

te

ache

r-m

ade

chec

klis

t to

exa

min

e th

e fo

llow

ing

area

s:

• St

uden

ts c

ompl

ete

the

data

shee

t afte

r vi

ewin

g th

e ca

rtoon

s •

Stud

ent p

rese

ntat

ions

an

d cl

ass d

iscu

ssio

n fo

llow

ed b

y ch

alkb

oard

sum

mar

y.

SET

TIN

GS

Sing

le se

tting

cl

earl

y de

fined

STR

UC

TU

RE

Fa

st p

aced

Ep

isod

ic

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

grap

hic

sym

bols

an

d no

n-gr

aphi

c si

gns

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

Prot

ocol

for

the

com

plet

ion

of

form

s:

Use

of

appr

opria

te

writ

ing

impl

emen

t

The

need

for

hone

sty

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 109: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

IN

TE

RV

IEW

ING

SK

ILL

S

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

S T R A T E G I E S

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts c

onfir

m th

eir

care

er c

hoic

e an

d gi

ve

reas

ons f

or st

ayin

g w

ith

thei

r for

mer

cho

ice

or

chan

ging

to a

noth

er.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts p

repa

re a

do

cum

ent/w

rite-

up o

n th

eir c

aree

r cho

ice

• St

uden

ts a

re g

iven

a

stip

ulat

ed le

ngth

for t

he

docu

men

t but

can

cho

ose

thei

r met

hod

of

pres

enta

tion

• A

ll do

cum

ents

are

co

mpi

led

in a

sing

le

docu

men

t ent

itled

C

AR

EE

R C

HO

ICE

S

an

d a

copy

is p

lace

d in

the

libra

ry.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts re

ad a

vi

gnet

te w

hich

gi

ves a

shor

t his

tory

of

a y

oung

per

son

abou

t to

mak

e fir

st

fligh

t alo

ne to

an

othe

r cou

ntry

he

/she

has

to fi

ll ou

t an

im

mig

ratio

n fo

rm

b

efor

e bo

ardi

ng th

e

airp

lane

. •

Stud

ents

fill

out t

he

imm

igra

tion

form

. •

Stud

ents

exc

hang

e fo

rms a

nd e

ngag

e in

pe

er re

view

of t

he

form

s. •

Stud

ents

and

teac

her

enga

ge in

ex

plan

atio

n of

te

chni

cal t

erm

s use

d on

the

form

s:

At h

ospi

tals

On

the

stre

ets

In

bus

ines

s pla

ces

In

stor

es

O

n th

e co

mpu

ter

In

scho

ols

Fo

r par

ticul

ar c

aree

rs

• St

uden

ts st

ate

the

m

eani

ng o

f eac

h

sy

mbo

l. •

Stud

ents

shar

e

in

form

atio

n w

ith

clas

s. •

Stud

ents

dis

cuss

the

impo

rtanc

e an

d fu

nctio

n of

sym

bols

. •

Cha

lkbo

ard

sum

mar

y do

ne.

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

Sket

ch to

Str

etch

Stu

dent

s rea

d a

brie

f

stor

y an

d sk

etch

thei

r

resp

onse

to it

.

gram

mar

phra

sing

/exp

ress

ion

vo

cabu

lary

/dic

tion

sp

ellin

g

punc

tuat

ion

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• B

ased

on

the

carto

ons

view

ed p

revi

ousl

y,

stud

ents

dis

cuss

: •

The

prim

ary

targ

et

audi

ence

of t

he c

arto

ons

• Th

e pu

rpos

e an

d fu

nctio

n of

car

toon

s •

Vio

lenc

e in

car

toon

s •

The

resp

onsi

bilit

y of

the

carto

onis

t •

Stud

ents

re-c

reat

e th

e st

ory

line

of a

sele

cted

ca

rtoon

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• S

tude

nts v

iew

oth

er

sele

cted

car

toon

s and

id

entif

y an

d di

scus

s the

de

vice

s use

d •

Dev

ices

are

map

ped

out

on th

e ch

alkb

oard

MIN

I LE

SSO

NS

Expl

anat

ion

of

diffe

rent

la

ngua

ge is

sues

as

they

aris

e •

The

use

of ‘

will

’ an

d ‘w

ould

’ •

Syno

nym

s for

w

ords

use

d in

le

tter

The

use

of

punc

tuat

ion

mar

ks in

the

addr

essi

ng

syst

em

• T

he c

reat

ion

of

com

plex

se

nten

ces.

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 110: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

IN

TE

RV

IEW

ING

SK

ILL

S

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

S T R A T E G I E S

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts p

lan

and

prep

are

for a

Car

eer F

air

• St

uden

ts p

repa

re

nece

ssar

y m

ater

ials

-

Han

d ou

ts

- b

roch

ures

-

cha

rts

• St

uden

ts h

ost t

he C

aree

r Fa

ir fo

r stu

dent

s of t

he

othe

r For

ms/

clas

ses

• St

uden

ts p

repa

re a

boo

th

for d

ispl

ay

• St

uden

t bec

ome

mem

bers

of a

car

eer

pane

l -

they

mak

e

p

rese

ntat

ion

of

sp

ecifi

c ca

reer

s -

they

ans

wer

que

stio

ns

p

osed

to th

em

Po

int o

f em

bark

atio

n

Res

iden

t/ N

on -

resi

dent

Cou

ntry

of b

irth

C

ount

ry o

f res

iden

ce

Zi

p co

de

O

ccup

atio

n IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

fill

out

appl

icat

ion

form

s for

a

pass

port

WH

OL

E G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Cla

ss d

iscu

ssio

n on

in

form

atio

n th

at a

pe

rson

may

nee

d to

gi

ve o

n a

job

appl

icat

ion

form

Info

rmat

ion

is

repr

esen

ted

on a

gr

aphi

c on

the

chal

kboa

rd.

• W

hat i

s the

last

in

divi

dual

exe

rcis

e m

eant

to a

chie

ve

• St

uden

ts sh

are

thei

r sk

etch

es

• St

uden

ts id

entif

y an

d di

scus

s the

sign

ifica

nt

sym

bols

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Popu

lar s

ongs

co

ntai

ning

sym

bols

are

pl

ayed

for s

tude

nts

• C

opie

s of t

he ly

rics a

re

dist

ribut

ed

• St

uden

ts re

ad th

e ly

rics

of th

ese

tune

s and

id

entif

y sy

mbo

ls u

sed

• St

uden

ts sh

are

info

rmat

ion

and

enga

ge

in d

iscu

ssio

n on

the

impa

ct th

at th

e us

e of

sy

mbo

ls c

an h

ave

in

song

s.

Stud

ents

edi

t and

re

vise

thei

r let

ters

. SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

add

ress

thei

r en

velo

pes

• Fi

nal d

raft

of le

tter o

f in

vita

tion

is p

oste

d to

ca

reer

per

son

iden

tifie

d.

DE

VIC

ES

USE

D IN

C

AR

TOO

NS

Ono

mat

opoe

ia

Ex

agge

ratio

n

Appe

al to

the

sens

es

U

se o

f con

tras

t

Sym

bols

IN

DIV

IDU

AL

WO

RK

Stud

ents

cre

ate

anot

her g

raph

ic to

re

pres

ent t

he d

evic

es

map

ped

out o

n th

e ch

alkb

oard

W

HO

LE

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts v

iew

a

docu

men

tary

on

the

mak

ing

of c

arto

ons

or v

iew

de

mon

stra

tion

of

how

it is

don

e

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

• A

ddre

ssin

g th

e en

velo

pe

• us

e of

pu

nctu

atio

n in

th

e ad

dres

s •

choi

ce o

f st

atio

nery

w

hite

m

anila

uns

cent

ed

Free

of g

raph

ics

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 111: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

IN

TE

RV

IEW

ING

SK

ILL

S

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

S T

R A T E G I E S

SM

AL

L G

RO

UP

WO

RK

Stud

ents

cre

ate

a jo

b ap

plic

atio

n fo

rm

• St

uden

ts p

rese

nt

form

s to

the

clas

s •

Stud

ents

eng

age

in

disc

ussi

on a

nd a

re

give

n fe

edba

ck b

y th

e te

ache

r •

Stud

ents

revi

se fo

rms

• St

uden

ts re

prod

uce

form

s on

the

over

head

pro

ject

or

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

Stud

ents

are

giv

en

pers

onal

dat

a an

d jo

b hi

stor

y of

diff

eren

t pe

rson

s.

SMA

LL

GR

OU

P W

OR

K

• W

ith th

e he

lp o

f the

fo

llow

ing

guid

ing

ques

tions

, stu

dent

s ex

plor

e ex

cerp

ts fr

om

lite

rary

wor

ks.

Stud

ents

eng

age

in

a qu

estio

n an

d an

swer

sess

ion

on

the

mak

ing

of

carto

ons

• St

uden

ts p

rodu

ce a

st

ep-b

y-st

ep

proc

edur

e fo

r the

cr

eatio

n of

ca

rtoon

s

MIN

I LE

SSO

N

The

iden

tific

atio

n an

d ex

plan

atio

n of

tr

aditi

onal

sy

mbo

ls in

lit

erat

ure

- C

olou

rs:

gree

n,

yello

w

whi

te

red

- J

ourn

ey

- T

he s

easo

ns

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 112: Language Arts (1)

ST

RA

ND

LIS

TE

NIN

G/S

PEA

KIN

G

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

WR

ITIN

G

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

INT

ER

VIE

WIN

G

SKIL

LS

C

OM

PLE

TIO

N O

F FO

RM

S

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

S T

R A T E G I E S

• U

sing

the

info

rmat

ion

give

n, st

uden

ts

fill o

ut o

ne o

f the

jo

b ap

plic

atio

n fo

rms c

reat

ed.

Wha

t are

the

sym

bols

us

ed b

y th

e w

riter

?

Wha

t mea

ning

is

com

mun

icat

ed b

y th

eir

use?

Doe

s the

use

of t

he

sym

bols

hel

p in

you

r un

ders

tand

ing

of th

e te

xt?

D

oes t

he u

se o

f the

sy

mbo

ls a

id in

you

r ap

prec

iatio

n of

the

text

?

Do

you

have

a b

ette

r un

ders

tand

ing

of th

e w

ay th

e ch

arac

ter f

eels

?

Do

the

sym

bols

hel

p to

cr

eate

a c

lear

er p

ictu

re in

yo

ur m

ind?

Do

you

enjo

y th

e te

xt

mor

e?

IND

IVID

UA

L W

OR

K

• St

uden

ts w

rite

abou

t the

im

pact

of t

he u

se o

f sy

mbo

ls in

a p

artic

ular

pi

ece

of li

tera

ture

.

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 113: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

D

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

RE

AD

ING

LIT

ER

AT

UR

E

W

RIT

ING

ME

DIA

/VIS

UA

L

LIT

ER

AC

Y

T

OPI

C

IN

TE

RV

IEW

ING

SK

ILL

S

A

PPL

ICA

TIO

N F

OR

MS

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

E

V A L U A T I O N

- In

divi

dual

do

cum

ents

on

care

er

choi

ce

- St

uden

ts’

ques

tioni

ng sk

ills

durin

g th

e in

terv

iew

-

Teac

her c

an c

reat

e a

chec

klis

t for

this

ex

erci

se

- A

sses

smen

t of

Car

eer F

air

- Ev

alua

tion

of

com

plet

ed

appl

icat

ion

form

-

Cre

atio

n of

an

entry

fo

rm fo

r an

inte

r-sc

hool

com

petit

ion

- C

ompl

etio

n of

a

form

to a

pply

for a

n Id

entif

icat

ion

Car

d

- W

ritte

n ex

erci

se –

Th

e Im

pact

of t

he

Use

of S

ymbo

ls in

Li

tera

ture

-

Iden

tific

atio

n an

d ex

plan

atio

n of

sy

mbo

ls fr

om a

ch

osen

pas

sage

-

Cre

atio

n of

sign

s to

repr

esen

t and

repl

ace

clas

sroo

m ru

les

- C

reat

ion

of a

ver

se o

r pa

ragr

aph

usin

g sy

mbo

ls.

- Ev

alua

tion

of th

e pr

oces

s inv

olve

d in

th

e cr

eatio

n of

the

lette

r -

Eval

uatio

n of

the

final

dra

ft.

- W

ritte

n ex

erci

se

Lette

r of i

nvita

tion.

- St

ep-b

y-st

ep

proc

edur

e fo

r the

cr

eatio

n of

ca

rtoon

s -

Cre

atio

n of

a

grap

hic

repr

esen

ting

the

feat

ures

of

carto

ons

- C

reat

ion

of a

gr

aphi

c re

pres

entin

g th

e de

vice

s use

d in

th

e cr

eatio

n of

ca

rtoon

s -

Writ

ten

exer

cise

: Th

e Im

pact

of

Car

toon

s on

the

Vie

wer

.

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 114: Language Arts (1)

STR

AN

DS

L

IST

EN

ING

/SPE

AK

ING

R

EA

DIN

G

L

ITE

RA

TU

RE

W

RIT

ING

M

ED

IA/V

ISU

AL

L

ITE

RA

CY

TO

PIC

S

INT

ER

VIE

WIN

G

SKIL

LS

A

PPL

ICA

TIO

N

FOR

MS

L

ITE

RA

RY

DE

VIC

ES

FO

RM

AL

LE

TT

ER

CA

RT

OO

NS

R

E

S O

U

R

C

E S

• RE

SOU

RCE

PERS

ON

NEL

• G

RAPH

ICS

• AP

PLIC

ATIO

N

FORM

S •

VIG

NET

TES

TEXT

S-

Stor

ies

So

ngs

• G

RAPH

ICS

• TA

PED

MU

SIC

CAS

SETT

E PL

AYER

• W

RITI

NG

PAP

ER

• EN

VELO

PES

• ST

AMPS

CH

ECK

LIST

• D

OC

UM

ENTA

RY

FILM

S •

CAR

TOO

NS

• D

ATA

SHEE

T •

TV/V

IDEO

CAS

SETT

E

R

ECO

RDER

PL

AYER

I

N

C

T

U

A

E

R

C

G

R

T

R

R

T

A

I

I

T

C

V

I

U

I

N

L

T

G

A

I

R

E

S

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• M

ORA

LS A

ND

VA

LUES

ED

UC

ATIO

N

• M

USI

C

• TE

CH

NO

LOG

Y ED

UC

ATIO

N

• AR

T

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• SO

CIA

L ST

UD

IES

• M

ORA

L AN

D

VALU

ES

EDU

CAT

ION

TE

RM

TH

RE

E

TH

EM

E:

CA

RE

ER

S (3

)

Page 115: Language Arts (1)

3 - 0

Page 116: Language Arts (1)

3 - 1

INTEGRATION OF LANGUAGE SKILLS Language Arts incorporates a number of skills, all of which need to be developed in order to ensure that students acquire the facility needed in language. The skills do not operate independently of each other and therefore must be developed simultaneously in the classroom. The neglect of one skill can lead to reduced facility in the other. Each skill feeds the other. Reading provides the vocabulary, expressions, ideas and stylistic devices, which the student can transfer to writing and speaking. Through the skill of listening, the student can also gain information, which can filter into his/her speech and writing. Media and visual literacy facilitates and is facilitated by reading and writing and provides another medium through which students can communicate. All the skills are informed by thinking and consequently, additional skills are gained by the students. They learn to think critically, analyse problems and draw conclusions. Thus, they become critical, discerning individuals who are aware of what is taking place in their society and who are able to respond to it. It becomes important, therefore, for the teacher to develop all these skills in the language classroom. The syllabus is written in different strands. These strands interweave with each other and often in the individual lessons. That each skill demonstrated in each strand, assists in the development of the other is made obvious in the sample units presented here. These highlight the internal integration of the strands of the Language Arts syllabus: LISTENING

SPEAKING

LITERATURE

READING

WRITING

MEDIA AND VISUAL LITERACY

Page 117: Language Arts (1)

3 - 2

GUIDELINES FOR CURRICULUM DELIVERY The curriculum is student-centred, activity–oriented, and encourages a literature–rich

environment. It introduces a wealth of up-to-date strategies which are used in developing

Language Arts skills of Listening/Speaking, Literature, Reading, Writing, Visual

Literacy/Media.

The document encourages teachers to employ graphic organizers and other visual tools that will

enable students to clarify information, organize information, construct knowledge and

communicate their learning to others. The inclusion of oral strategies aids the integrative and

collaborative process. Together, they assist in the development of thinking skills and cater for

the multiple intelligences and the different learning styles of students.

The following sample unit plan attempts to demonstrate to teachers the possibility for integration

of lessons across the strands. It also shows the connectivity among lessons and reflects the

attempt being made in the curriculum document to consolidate learning and to facilitate the

transfer of knowledge.

The focus of the sample lesson plan is Reading Inference. The plan demonstrates the internal

integration of the strands of the Language Arts as well as the possibility for external integration

with other subject areas, for example, Science and Visual and Performing Arts. It also seeks to

demonstrate a student-centred, activity-oriented approach to the teaching of Language Arts.

Page 118: Language Arts (1)

3 - 3

SAMPLE UNIT PLAN

TOPIC: PERSUASIVE LANGUAGE SKILLS

YEAR: 200_ -200_ TERM: I FORM: 3 TEACHER: ____________________ DURATION: 4 Weeks NO. OF LESSONS: 6

SECTION A GENERAL LEARNING OBJECTIVES COGNITIVE: Develop persuasive language skills. AFFECTIVE: Appreciate the use of persuasive language. PSYCHO-MOTOR: Demonstrate the power of persuasive

language through performances LANGUAGE ARTS STRANDS INVOLVED: Writing, Reading, Listening, Speaking, Viewing. PRE-REQUISITE SKILLS/CONCEPTS: Ability to:

- Identify main idea. - Identify explicit details. - Identify supporting details. - Recognize the difference between literal/figurative language. - Understanding the concept of “audience.”

Page 119: Language Arts (1)

3 - 4

SECTION B LIST OF LESSONS: 1. FACT AND OPINION: Objectives:

♦ Differentiate between fact and opinion. ♦ Examine subjective language. ♦ Perceive bias in writing. ♦ Be sensitized to the power of subjective language.

2. INFERENCE: Objectives:

♦ Infer meaning from text – proverb, fiction, non-fiction. ♦ Become aware of implicit meanings. ♦ Respond sensitively to implicit meanings.

3. PERSUASIVE Objectives: WRITING:

♦ Identify persuasive devices/techniques used in advertisements. ♦ Assess the impact of devices used. ♦ Create an advertisement for print media.

4. APPEAL TO THE SENSES: Objectives:

♦ Identify language in poetry that appeals to the senses. ♦ Create written texts using language that appeals to the senses. ♦ Analyse writer’s use of language to create effect.

5. JINGLES Objectives:

♦ Define the term “jingle.” ♦ Identify the associations that are made in jingles. ♦ Identify the target groups aimed at. ♦ Indicate the purposes for which jingles are used. ♦ Give examples of the devices used in jingles. ♦ Use devices identified, in the creation of their own jingles.

Page 120: Language Arts (1)

3 - 5

6. ADVERTISEMENTS: Objectives:

♦ Identify technical devices used in advertisements. ♦ Assess the impact of the devices used. ♦ Create an advertisement for non-print media.

SECTION C

METHODOLOGY:

♦ Whole group teaching. ♦ Small group work. ♦ Individual work. ♦ Creation of semantic maps. ♦ Presentation. ♦ Demonstrations

SECTION D RESOURCES:

♦ Think sheets. ♦ Checklists. ♦ Video Recorder/Video Clips. ♦ Cassette Recorder/Cassette. ♦ Graphics.

SECTION E EVALUATION: 1. FACT AND OPINION

♦ Identify facts/bias in one of the following texts- newspaper article, letter to the editor, speech, written conversation.

♦ Oral presentation.

Page 121: Language Arts (1)

3 - 6

EVALUATION: 2. INFERENCE

♦ Matching exercise. ♦ Matching vignettes with proverbs. ♦ Riddles. ♦ Comprehension passage with inferential questions.

EVALUATION: 3. PERSUASIVE WRITING

♦ Creation of an advertisement. ♦ Assessment of an advertisement which they do not consider

effective using one of the following: checklist, written response, oral presentation.

♦ Identification of a technique that can be deemed offensive by the consumer, supported by reasons.

EVALUATION: 4. APPEAL TO THE SENSES

♦ Poetry analysis. ♦ Presentation using graphic organizers.

EVALUATION: 5. JINGLES

♦ Creation of a jingle . ♦ Creation of graphics to show:

- purpose/function of jingles. - target groups.

EVALUATION: 6. ADVERTISEMENTS

♦ Evaluation of product. ♦ Evaluation of process. ♦ Creation of a Venn diagram to show the

common characteristics of media advertisements.

Page 122: Language Arts (1)

3 - 7

LESSON PLAN

READING TOPIC: Inference DURATION: 80 – 90 minutes CLASS: Form 3 OBJECTIVES: Students will be able to:

• infer meaning from texts – proverb, fiction, non fiction • respond sensitively to implicit messages.

PRE-REQUISITE - ability to identify main idea. SKILL/ - ability to identify supporting details. KNOWLEDGE: - ability to use context clues. RESOURCES: Texts - Science experiment reports

- Riddles - Vignettes - Short story

Realia - umbrella - bowl - chalkboard.

SET Theatre Sports INDUCTION:

• Some objects are placed on the teacher’s table e.g. an umbrella, a bandana, a bowl.

• A student selects one and uses it for a purpose other than the one intended.

• Class suggests what the object has become.

Page 123: Language Arts (1)

3 - 8

STUDENT Whole Group Work ACTIVITY:

• Students are given copies of an experiment from a Science text. • Class discussion on observations drawn from the activity which was

done. • Students use information given in experiment to draw inferences. • Inferences are noted on the chalkboard. • Students note factors which contribute to making accurate inferences.

Whole Group Work Whole Group Work

• Teacher introduces a proverb in a meaningful and interesting way e.g. in a short story.

• Students discuss use of actual proverb.

Small Group Work • Students are given copies of proverbs. • Students read proverbs and say or sketch the meaning.

Whole Group Work

• Students make presentations and discuss how they arrived at their conclusion.

Individual Work

• Students are given copies of an excerpt. • Students identify the significant details. • Students make pertinent links among details. • Students make inferences.

CLOSURE: Using a graphic, teacher and students review factors which contribute to making accurate inferences. EVALUATION: 1. Matching vignettes with proverbs. 2. Solve riddles. 3. Comprehension passage with inferential questions.

MINI LESSON Use of context clues

- Drawing conclusion - Identifying details

Page 124: Language Arts (1)

3 - 9

AUTHENTIC ASSESSMENT Authentic Assessment uses procedures that are compatible with the instructional objectives set by the teachers.

It engages students in tasks that are grounded in instruction. It is personally meaningful for the students. Tasks are used in a real-life context. It is also “performance assessment” in that it refers to the type of student response being

assessed. For example, to test punctuation, use an assessment of a performance item that involves students in writing and punctuating their own writing, e.g. portfolios, which encourage students’ self-reflection, self-discovery and self-assessment.

CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT

Unlike the traditional approach to assessment, which is, to provide a mark or grade to rank students at the end of the term, the new approach makes assessment an integral part of the instructional process.

Assessment is not only summative (i.e. takes place at the end of the unit or term), but is also diagnostic and formative in nature.

Formative assessment takes place during the term, and is an indicator or how far the student has progressed, giving the teacher a good idea of how far students are from reaching the desired learning objectives, and what else has to be done. Diagnostic assessments are used at the beginning of the year or new unit, in order to establish prior knowledge of the students. The results of continuous assessment help the teacher to guide instruction, monitor student progress and ensure that no student is left behind. Continuous assessment provides the tools to identify ‘struggling students’, and reinforces the view that ‘all students can learn’. Since most students learn by doing, students must be actively involved in the learning and self-assessment process. Assessment is conducted as a normal and regular part of the instructional process, throughout each term and during the entire school year. As the focus of the new curriculum is “a student-centred approach to instruction,” continuous assessment is an integral component of student-centred learning.

Page 125: Language Arts (1)

3 - 10

ASSESSMENT Assessment of student achievement is conducted by teachers at several points in the teaching/learning process. Traditionally, the focus has been at the end point of the process : end of term, end of year, or end of course, itself. This end point assessment is known as ‘summative’ assessment or evaluation. In addition to the above, teachers also perform ‘formative’ assessment or evaluation of students’ work or progress. This is done at intermittent periods/points to determine that the process of student learning is proceeding at an optimal pace. With the constructivist approach which focuses on students making meaning during the instructional process, it is the wise teacher who recognises that guidance during the process is crucial and that assessment done in this way helps to determine whether, and to what extent, learning is taking place. Thus the teacher can remediate where necessary and plan strategies for forward movement. In addition to the traditional methods of assessment, therefore, alternative assessment methods give greater coherence to the evaluation process. Assessment must be viewed as intrinsic to learning and the methods or instruments used for assessment must be varied enough to accommodate the varied talk, abilities and competencies expected of Language Arts students. Some alternative modes that can be part of the formative assessment of your class follow:

Discussion – Structured Talk Prepared Speech Oral responses to listening e.g. to poetry Oral responses to recreational reading Graphic organiser response to reading literature Oral and written reading comprehension Open–ended essays Research project Written report Oral and written argument Portfolio of writing tasks Journal writing Learning logs Checklists Interviews Conferences Taped recordings Observations

Page 126: Language Arts (1)

3 - 11

THE MARKING SYSTEM IS AS FOLLOWS:

60% on continuous assessment during the term;

40% on the end-of-term assessment

SUGGESTED ASSESSMENT STRUCTURE

CRITERIA FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

LISTENING AND SPEAKING

(structured talk, speech, oral reading )

20 -

READING COMPREHENSION AND LITERATURE VIEWING

20 20

Getting meaning from a specific type of passage or media

20 20 WRITING AND MEDIA – VISUAL REPRESENTING (PORTFOLIO)

For a variety of purposes.

Individual items to development over time, overall

8 - Time

10 - Presentation

2 - Preface

5 - Mechanics

15 - Response

TOTAL 60% 40%

GUIDELINES FOR ASSESSMENT STRUCTURE:

Weighting can vary according to needs; the above is merely an example.

Parallel classes must have the same weighting.

Page 127: Language Arts (1)

3 - 12

Examples: SCORING RUBRIC FOR A LETTER Language Arts - Form I, Term I The theme is “Self-discovery/self-expression”. Learning Objective The student is able to write a detailed personal letter using correct grammar and usage. Evaluation Activity Students are asked to write a letter to a pen-pal who is a Form 1 secondary school student in another country. The letter should include the following details:

Where the student is from (name and description of town and community, including a description of local characteristics, such as climate, vegetation, urban/rural, etc).

What the student is like (physical characteristics, age, etc.)

What the student’s family is like (number of brothers and sisters, extended family, parents’ occupations, details about home life, etc.)

What are student’s likes and dislikes (foods, television programs, sports, pastimes, etc.)?

What is school like for the student (favourite subjects, description of daily activities, etc.)? The letter should end by asking the recipient to respond and should pose specific questions for the recipient to answer about herself/himself. If possible, students should actually mail their completed letters, either via regular mail or E-mail. Addresses of many schools interested in pen-pal programs can be obtained on the Internet. TYPES OF ASSESSMENT I. The Analytic Method

This method depends on a marking scheme drawn up by the teacher. It attempts to separate the various features of writing for scoring purposes and is ideally suited to the classroom situation. The following is produced as simply one example of such an analytic scheme.

Page 128: Language Arts (1)

3 - 13

MARKS WRITING SKILLS 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Grammar

Mechanics: (Punctuation, Spelling, Penmanship)

Fluency: (Effective Language Use, Sentence Variety)

Relevance: (Content in relation to topic)

Vocabulary

Total = 50 II. MECHANICAL ACCURACY

This procedure consists of deducting marks from a given total. For example, a student may lose marks for grammatical errors, misunderstanding words, misspellings, etc.

Criteria for Evaluation POINTS A. CONTENT OF WRITING

1. The letter addresses all specific content. 40

2. The letter is clearly organised (logical organisation) 10 B. MECHANICS OF LANGUAGE AND WRITING

3. Student writes in complete sentences. 10

4. Student writes without errors in spelling and grammar 10

5. Student makes correct use of verb tenses. 10

6. Student uses correct punctuation. 10

7. Student utilises appropriate letter format. 10

TOTAL 100

Page 129: Language Arts (1)

3 - 14

SCORING RUBRIC. 1. The letter addresses all specified content

40 The letter not only addresses all specified content, but adds many details and additional information about the writer. There is a great deal of descriptive narrative. The letter is complete, including questions for the respondent.

35 The letter addresses all specified content, and adds some details and additional information about the writer. There is a lot of descriptive narrative. The letter is complete, including questions for the respondent.

30 The letter addresses all specified content, but adds few details and additional information about the writer. There is some descriptive narrative. The letter is complete, including questions for the respondent.

25 The letter addresses all specified content, but adds little details or additional information about the writer. There is only one complete sentence that addresses each specified content. The letter is complete, including at least one question for the respondent.

15 The letter does not address specified content.

10 The letter does not address two specified contents.

5 The letter does not address three specified contents.

0 The letter does not address four or more specified contents.

2. The letter is clearly organised (logical organisation)

10 The letter easily flows from start to finish, with good use of transitional sentences. The letter is completely understandable and fully coherent.

3. Student writes in complete sentences.

10 All sentences have a subject and verb and are written as complete sentences with good structure.

4. Student writes without errors in spelling and grammar (including correct use of singular/plural.

10 Letter has no errors in spelling or grammar.

5. Students make correct use of verb tenses.

10 All verb tenses in the letter are correct.

Page 130: Language Arts (1)

3 - 15

CHECKLISTS One of the items maintained by students in their portfolios is a series of checklists. Items on the checklist will vary depending on your purpose, subject, and grade level. Checklist items can be used easily by a student to compare with previous self-assessments. Open-ended questions that allow comments, encourage the student to provide additional information, as well as to do some expressive writing. A checklist can also be constructed to assess the group’s use of basic reference materials. After a student has demonstrated each of the skills satisfactorily, a check is made next to the student’s name by the teacher in conference with the student.

ORAL REPORT-ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST

DID THE STUDENT…. YES NO COMMENTS

1. Speak so that everyone could hear?

2. Finish sentences?

3. Seem comfortable in front of the group?

4. Give a good introduction?

5. Seem well informed about the topic?

6. Explain ideas clearly?

7. Stay on the topic?

8. Give a good conclusion?

9. Use effective visuals to make the presentation interesting?

10. Give good answers to questions from the audience?

Page 131: Language Arts (1)

3 - 16

REFERENCES SOURCES ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST

CRITERIA BILL TARA FRED

1. Uses picture captions and titles to organise information.

2. Uses glossaries and dictionaries to identify word meaning.

3. Uses dictionaries as aids to pronunciation.

4. Uses a variety of reference works, including sources on the Internet.

5. Uses an atlas.

6. Uses the telephone directory and the Yellow Pages as sources of information.

7. Uses an index to locate information.

8. Uses newspapers and magazines as sources of information

9. Writes letters to obtain information.

10. Accesses computer database sources.

Page 132: Language Arts (1)

3 - 17

SPEAKING – STRUCTURED TALK TASK

A scenario in which Standard English is most likely the language of choice.

Pretend you are a television reporter covering a CARICOM Heads of Government Conference. You are interviewing the Prime Minister/Head of State of another country.

Responding to literature.

We have just finished reading ‘Tanty and Ossimo’. Enact a scene from the story, imagining you are Tanty and one of your classmates is Ossimo. A third student is assigned as narrator.

GUIDELINES: A group should consist of about five students.

Each member should have a specific responsibility, e.g., leader/encourager; scribe; monitor of the process (using the checklist); timekeeper; actors.

The monitor of the process should check:

– the timeliness of the process – whether everyone has the opportunity to speak – whether the task is progressing – whether Standard English structures are used – whether participants give way to, and disagree courteously with, other speakers

Discussion during the task should focus on:

– selection of the content – coverage of the topic/s – questions/answers/dialogue – practice for the group presentation – use of Standard English structures – giving way to and disagreeing courteously with other speakers

The monitor may use the Structured Talk Checklist for Peer Assessment to record scores for

each member of the group. With this assessment, the monitor may initiate discussion with the group about their performance before they present to the class. In subsequent assessments, the roles will be rotated so that each student is given the opportunity to assess the entire group.

Page 133: Language Arts (1)

3 - 18

SAMPLE SELF ASSESSMENT FOR STRUCTURED TALK

YES PARTLY NO CRITERIA 3 2 1

I shared my ideas and offered my suggestions

I used Standard English structures

I spoke slowly and at an appropriate pace

I asked questions to get information

I answered other persons’ questions

I remained on the topic and helped the group to stay focused

I understood the content

I encouraged others to participate/have a turn at speaking

I disagreed without hurting others’ feelings

I summarised or repeated my ideas when necessary

I gave reasons for my opinions

I listened courteously and effectively

I tried to understand and extend others’ ideas

I took notes on the main point

I prepared for the group presentation

I practised sufficiently to feel confident to participate in group discussion

TOTAL SCORE

Page 134: Language Arts (1)

3 - 19

SAMPLE PEER ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST FOR STRUCTURED TALK

JOHN BONNIE FRANK SUSAN CRITERIA Y P N Y P N Y P N Y P N

Shared ideas and offered suggestions

Used Standard English structures

Spoke clearly

Spoke at an appropriate pace

Asked questions to get information

Answered other persons’ questions

Remained on topic

Helped the group to stay focused

Understood the content

Encouraged others to participate/have a turn at speaking

Disagreed without hurting others’ feelings

Summarised or repeated ideas when necessary

Gave reasons for opinions

Listened courteously and effectively

Tried to extend others’ ideas

Took notes on the main points

Prepared for the group presentation

Practised sufficiently to feel confident to participate in group discussion

TOTAL SCORE

Key: Y = YES P = PARTLY N = NO

Page 135: Language Arts (1)

3 - 20

SPEAKING TASK: The students are asked to present a prepared speech of three minutes on a specific topic. GUIDELINES:

The subject may be topical or controversial.

It should be communicated to the students at least two weeks before the presentation is expected to allow time for research and preparation.

At a higher level, the students may be given a broad area to research and may be asked, at

short notice, to make an impromptu presentation on a limited aspect of that topic.

This may be done as a formative assessment which follows the first task.

Peer assessment may be used to evaluate the impromptu presentations i.e., groups of students may focus on different aspects of the presentations, e.g., the Introduction.

Students may also be given an opportunity to provide their own self-assessment.

Page 136: Language Arts (1)

3 - 21

SAMPLE SPEAKING ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT

EXCELLENT GOOD SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY NEEDS CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENT CRITERIA

5 4 3 2 1

SECTION 1: Introduction

Performs an action/ uses a statement to introduce topic

Evokes a response from the listener

Clearly states the topic

SECTION 2: Body

Uses relevant content

Uses effective transitional terms

Maintains focus (does not deviate from topic)

Presents ideas coherently (leads smoothly from one idea to the next)

Offers proper support for ideas presented

Effectively develops ideas

SECTION 3:Conclusion

Conclusion logically derives from the body

Main points are succinctly summarised

A sense of closure is manifested.

Page 137: Language Arts (1)

3 - 22

SAMPLE SPEAKING ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT (CONT’D)

EXCELLENT GOOD SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY NEEDS CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENT CRITERIA

5 4 3 2 1

SECTION 4: Language Proficiency

Uses Standard English

Uses appropriate

vocabulary

Uses a varied vocabulary

Uses a variety of sentence patterns

SECTION 5: Presentation

Maintains eye contact with audience

Effectively sweeps audience with eyes

Maintains effective pace throughout presentation

Modulates voice in order to be heard by entire audience

Uses gestures at appropriate times

Speaks fluently

Page 138: Language Arts (1)

3 - 23

APPRECIATIVE/CREATIVE LISTENING ASSESSMENT TITLE: Listening Comprehension BENCHMARK: To apply comprehension strategies and respond to mood and

feelings of poem. Listen to the poem and them complete the tasks given.

The Prince of Kennedys So handsome, so bright

So dark the night So short the flight

To a wedding To death.

C. PREVATT

SAMPLE INSTRUMENT FOR APPRECIATIVE/CREATIVE LISTENING

CRITERIA IN PROGRESS BASIC PROFICIENT

Skill: Responding to mood/feeling of the poem

Task: (a) Complete the statement by putting in an appropriate word: “The poet was feeling ________.”

Tries, but unable to answer

Bad Any appropriate synonym

(b) Two reasons why I think so are __________ and __________.

No logical reason

One logical explanation

Two logical explanations

Skill: Responding creatively to poem

Task: You are a relative of the deceased. Say (or write) how you feel in two or three sentences or a short poem.

Inappropriate response

Some feelings in a few words

Appropriate response in two or three sentences or a poem

Page 139: Language Arts (1)

3 - 24

SAMPLE GRAPHIC ORGANISER FOR ASSESSING RESPONSE TO LITERATURE TASK: The student will complete the grid after reading a book. Under the first section, the students will write the information that properly identifies the book. Under the second section, the students will write a statement about each of the elements. For the final section, the students will write a short answer.

1. IDENTIFICATION OF BOOK Put in the information to identify the book

TITLE

AUTHOR

ILLUSTRATOR

PUBLISHER

2. CONTENT Write a sentence about each of the elements.

CHARACTERS

SETTING

PLOT

3. PERSONAL RESPONSE Write a few sentences to say how you feel about the book.

Page 140: Language Arts (1)

3 - 25

RECREATIONAL READING TASK Students share what they have read informally through use of the ‘Author’s Chair.’

Students bring in a favourite piece of reading material or choose something from the library box in the classroom.

The students engage in USSR (Uninterrupted Sustained Silent Reading). The students sit in the Author’s Chair and make their informal presentation. Peer assessment takes place. There is informal class group talk about the presentation.

SAMPLE PEER ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT FOR RECREATIONAL READING

CRITERIA YES NOT SURE NO

Was the item read from clearly identified?

Did the presenter make it clear whether he/she liked or disliked the item read?

Did the presenter make it clear what the item was about?

Did the presentation make you become interested in reading the item?

Could you hear the presentation clearly?

Page 141: Language Arts (1)

3 - 26

SAMPLE INSTRUMENT FOR ASSESSING READING COMPREHENSION

VERY GOOD GOOD SATISFACTORY NEEDS

IMPROVING LITTLE OR NO GRASP

OF CONCEPT CRITERIA 5 4 3 2 1

Interpretation

Main Idea

Sequence

Cause and Effect

Comparison and Contrast

Inference

Prediction

Evaluation

Page 142: Language Arts (1)

3 - 27

WRITING TASK: After reading a story write a story about one of the minor characters e.g. the Fairy Godmother in Cinderella, Jim in Tom Sawyer. Or Imagine that you have done something exciting, interesting, out of the ordinary. Write a story about it.

SAMPLE ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT FOR NARRATIVE WRITING

CRITERIA YES NO COMMENTS

1. CONTENT: Story Grammar

Setting

Characters

Plot

Episodes

Conflict resolution

2. ORGANISATION

Title sequence

Effective sentence structure

Varied sentence structure

Effective transitional words and devices

Paragraphing

Heading/subheading

Page 143: Language Arts (1)

3 - 28

SAMPLE ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT FOR NARRATIVE WRITING

(CONT’D)

CRITERIA YES NO COMMENTS

3. EXPRESSIVE SKILLS

Use of dialogue (vernacular structures acceptable)

Use of figurative language

Use of significant details

Observance of Standard English rules

Use of sensory data

4. LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY

Grammar

Spelling

Indenting of paragraphs

Page 144: Language Arts (1)

3 - 29

READING – SYNTHESIS/INTEGRATION OF LANGUAGE SKILLS TASK: The students are asked to research and present, both orally and in writing, a project which integrated the use of as many language skills as possible. It should not only demonstrate the students’ ability to gather information, but also their ability to analyse the information and draw their own conclusions from it. SPECIFIC TASK: Find out about and write a paper on “Dying Species in My Country”. GUIDELINES: This activity will synthesise/integrate a wide range of language skills. All of the instruments which would have been developed for any relevant aspects may be used to formatively assess the project. The following checklist is an instrument which may be used in a summative manner to judge the project in its entirety. SAMPLE INSTRUMENT FOR ASSESSMENT OF RESEARCH PROJECT

VERY GOOD GOOD SATISFACTORY NEEDS

IMPROVEMENT LITTLE OR NO

GRASP OF CONCEPTS CRITERIA

5 4 3 2 1 Title

Foreword

Table of Contents

Page Numbering

Illustrations and other support materials

Content

Coverage

Relevance

Page 145: Language Arts (1)

3 - 30

SAMPLE INSTRUMENT FOR ASSESSMENT OF RESEARCH PROJECT (CONT’D)

VERY GOOD GOOD SATISFACTORY NEEDS

IMPROVEMENT LITTLE OR NO

GRASP OF CONCEPTS CRITERIA

5 4 3 2 1 Organisation

Use of appropriate/clear sub-headings

Development of ideas in support of main points

Personal Reflection

Conclusion

Sense of closure

Summary skills demonstrated

Logically derived from content

Language Proficiency

Standard English rules observed

Appropriate vocabulary used

Varied vocabulary used

Well structured sentences

Variety of sentence types used

Appropriate paragraphing

Effective use of transitional words and devices

Page 146: Language Arts (1)

3 - 31

RATE EACH ENTRY AS:

1 - LIMITED KNOWLEDGE 2 - NEEDS IMPROVEMENT 3 - SATISFACTORY 4 - GOOD 5 - EXCELLENT

WRITING TASK: The students are assigned a topic that is currently in the news and allowed a period of time to gather supporting information relative to the pros and cons of the issue. The class then engages in discussion about the issue in order to build upon the knowledge that the students have gleaned. The teacher then assigns the students to different sides of the argument and they write an argumentative essay stating and supporting the positions they have been assigned.

SAMPLE SELF/PEER ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT FOR ARGUMENTATIVE WRITING

CRITERIA 1 2 3 4 5 COMMENTS

1. CONTENT

Stated point of view

Used supporting details/ evidence

Refuted opposing views

Logically developed arguments

Used relevant evidence

2. ORGANISATION

Used paragraphs effectively

Sequenced ideas

Used effective transitional words and devices

3. EXPRESSIVE SKILLS

Page 147: Language Arts (1)

3 - 32

SAMPLE SELF/PEER ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT FOR ARGUMENTATIVE WRITING

(CONT’D)

RATE EACH ENTRY AS:

1 - LIMITED KNOWLEDGE 2 - NEEDS IMPROVEMENT 3 - SATISFACTORY 4 - GOOD 5 - EXCELLENT

CRITERIA 1 2 3 4 5 COMMENTS

Used questioning effectively

Used varied sentence structure

Used short sentences effectively

Used arguments that appeal to the emotions

Used rhetoric effectively

Used convincing arguments

Used repetition effectively

Used comparison/contrast strategies to make points effectively

4. LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY

Used complete sentences

Used Standard English rules

Used appropriate spelling

5. CONCLUSION

Used an effective close

Clinched the argument

Page 148: Language Arts (1)

3 - 33

PORTFOLIOS PURPOSE:

To allow students to monitor own progress over time To identify strengths and weaknesses of the students To facilitate communication with parents To assist in developing the student’s profile To assist students to develop the skill of goal setting To help students to develop the skills of reflection and self evaluation To document learning in areas which are not easily tested

STANDARDISATION:

The same content should be expected from all students. One suggestion may be a selection of the different kinds of writing:

– 2 narrative – 2 expository – 1 descriptive – 1 argumentative – 1 poem – 1 one-act play

One or two pieces may document the pieces through the entire writing process, i.e., these pieces will include all of the drafts done in order to produce the final draft.

One piece of writing may also be a piece done under controlled conditions, and in a specific time frame (for half-hour in class).

The pieces should be selected at different intervals throughout the school year in order to inform improvement.

Cross-curricular themes should be encouraged.

The students should have a say in deciding (under the conditions set out) which pieces of their work they wish to have included.

CONTENT AND DOCUMENTATION:

Each piece must be dated and labelled with the student’s purpose for writing clearly stated.

As class-based work, the writing should at least begin and end in class. This is to minimise outside influences.

Page 149: Language Arts (1)

3 - 34

GENERAL GUIDELINES:

Teachers must be trained to assess portfolios using appropriate criteria and standards.

Teachers who teach equivalent grade levels may collaborate in the assessment of portfolios by exchanging class sets.

Marking schemes for assessment should be standardised. This can be achieved through the use of “anchor papers” – samples of students’ work which demonstrate the different levels of performance.

SAMPLE INSTRUMENT FOR ASSESSMENT OF PORTFOLIOS

CRITERIA 5 4 3 2 1

1. ORGANISATION

Cover and design

Title

Pagination

2. REFLECTION

Goal setting

Growth and development

Reflection/self-assessment

Acknowledgement

3. CONTENT

NARRATIVE WRITING (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

DESCRIPTIVE WRITING (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

Page 150: Language Arts (1)

3 - 35

CRITERIA 5 4 3 2 1

`EXPOSITORY WRITING (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

LETTER WRITING (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

PERSUASIVE WRITING (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

RESEARCH PROJECT (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

WORK COMPLETED IN CLASS (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

PROCESS FROM BEGINNING TO END (20)

Dated and labelled

Reflection on purpose and significance

RATE EACH ENTRY AS:

1 - LIMITED KNOWLEDGE 2 - NEEDS IMPROVEMENT 3 - SATISFACTORY 4 - GOOD 5 - EXCELLENT

Page 151: Language Arts (1)

3 - 36

SUGGESTED READING LIST

YEAR THREE

This syllabus requires a literature-rich classroom where books are always accessible to the student. To teach the Language Arts effectively, there must be continuous reference to reading as motivation, as research, as enrichment. The student reads and responds in writing, speaks about what he reads, and responds orally and visually to what he reads. Reading literature and expository materials is central to Language Arts. What follows is a list of titles that the Form Three student may find interesting depending on his/her interests. The list may be used by the school librarian when considering titles for addition to the library.

NOVELS

AUTHOR’S NAME TITLES

Adams, Douglas The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy Adams, Richard Watership Down Anthony, Michael The Year in San Fernando Ballard, J. Empire of the Sun Banks, Lynne Reid One More River The Writing on the Wall Bosse, Malcolm J. Ganesh Braithwaite, E.R To Sir With Love The T.V. Kid Burnett, Frances Hodgson The Secret Garden Byers, Betsy Cracker Jackson Chambers, Aidan The Present Takers Chesterton, G.K. The Man Who was Thursday Conly, Jane Lesley Rasco and the Rats of Nimh Coppard, Yvonne Everybody Else Does! Why Can’t I? Not Dressed Like That You Don’t Craven, Margaret I Heard The Owl Call My Name Darke, Marjorie A Long Way To Go The First of Midnight Defoe, Daniel Robinson Crusoe (Abridged) De Jong, Meindert The House of Sixty Fathers Dickens, Charles David Copperfield (Abridged) Doherty, Berlie Street Child Doyle, Sir Arthur Conan The Return of Sherlock Holmes Drayton, Geoffrey Christopher Duder, Tessa Alex Ekwensi, Cyprian Burning Grass Gilmore, Kate Of Griffins and Graffiti Guy, Rosa And I Heard A Bird Sing Hautzig, Esther The Endless Steppe Hentoff, The Day They Came To Arrest the Book

Page 152: Language Arts (1)

3 - 37

Hodge, Merle

Crick Crack Monkey

Hughes, Richard A High Wind in Jamaica Le Guin, Ursula A Wizard of Earth Sea Very Long Way From Anywhere Else Lester, Julius Basket Ball Game To Be a Slave Lewis. C. Day The Otterbury Incident Lindsay, Joan Picnic at Hanging Rock London, Jack The Call of the Wild Lovelace. Earl The Schoolmaster (excerpts) Marshall, Alan I Can Jump Puddles Mathews, P.E. State of the Heart Meniru, Teresa Uzo Monoye, John The Only Son Naidoo, Beverly No Turning Back Naipaul, V.S. Miguel Street O,Dell, Scott Island of the Blue Dolphin My Name is not Angelica Streams to the River, River to the Sea Palmer, C. Everard A Cow Called Boy The Wooing of Beppo Tate Pausewand, Gudrun Fall-Out Schaefer, Jack Shane Selormey, Francis The Narrow Path Selvon, Samuel Ways of Sunlight Shute, Nevil No Highway Steinbeck, John The Pearl The Red Pony Swarthout, Glendon Bless the Beasts and Children Swift, Jonathan Gulliver’s Travel (Abridged) Townsend, Sue The Secret Diary of Adrian Mole Aged 13 3/4 Twain, Mark Tom Sawyer Woodford, Peggy Misfits Young, Colville Pataki Full

ANTHOLOGIES OF SHORT STORIES

And/Or Excerpts from Novels Benson, Gerard This Poem Doesn’t Rhyme Black, C.V. Tales of Old Jamaica Denny, Neville Pan African Short Stories Gray, Cecil Response Narinesignh, R & C Insights Smyth, W.M. Good Stories Warner, Rex Men and Gods

Page 153: Language Arts (1)

3 - 38

SOURCES OF POEMS

Belloc, Hilaire Cautionary Verses for Boys and Girls Forde, A.N. Talk of the Tamarinds Gasztold, Carmen Bernos Prayers from Ark Gordon, G. Sun Song II Gray, Cecil

Bite In – Stage 3

Magee, Wes The Puffin Book of Christmas Poems Mc Kay, Claude Selected Poems Phinn, Gervasse Lizard Over Ice Pollard, Velma Anansesem Walmsley, Anne The Sun’s Eye Wilson, Donald New Ships

DRAMA

Braithwaite, Edward Odale’s Choice Campbell, Alistan Anansi Noel, Keith Caribbean Plays for Playing Rattigan, Terrence The Winslow Boy Schiach, Don The Wild Bunch and Other Plays Shakespeare, William Julius Caesar Macbeth The Merchant of Venice

Page 154: Language Arts (1)

4- 0

Page 155: Language Arts (1)

4- 1

GLOSSARY

ABECEDARIUM A 17th century Latin term for an alphabetized record of key features of an area or culture. ALLITERATION The repetition of the initial consonant sound in consecutive

words, or words in close proximity. ASSONANCE The repetition of vowel sounds in non-rhyming words. It is

used to emphasize certain words, to impart a musical quality, to create a mood.

CARICATURE A representation that ridicules a person by exaggerating

and distorting his/her most prominent features and characteristics

CINQUAIN A five-line poem containing 22 syllables in a 2-4-6-8-2

syllable pattern. Cinquain poems often describe something, but they may also tell a story.

The formula is as follows: Line 1: a one-word subject with two syllables Line 2: four syllables describing the subject Line 3: six syllables showing action Line 4: eight syllables expressing a feeling or an

observation about the subject Line 5: two syllables describing or renaming the subject

Page 156: Language Arts (1)

4- 2

CLERIHEW A four-line rhymed verse that describes a person. Clerihews

can be written about anyone – historical figures, characters in stories and even the students themselves. The formula is as follows:

Line 1: the person’s name. Line 2: the last word rhymes with the last word in

the first line. Lines 3 the last words in these lines rhymes with

and 4: each other.

COLOUR POEM A poem built around a colour. Each line of the poem may

begin with the same colour or with a different colour. More complex poems can be created by beginning each stanza with a colour and by expanding the idea within it.

CONCRETE POEM A poem that is created through art and the careful

arrangement of words on a page. Words, phrases and sentences can be written in the shape of an object, or word pictures can be inserted within poems written left to right and top to bottom.

CONFLICT The problem in the text. It is the tension or opposition

between forces in the plot and it is what interests readers enough to continue reading the story. Conflict usually occurs:

Between a character and nature Between a character and society Between/Among characters Within a character

CUBING A literacy strategy which uses a concrete visual of a cube

with its six sides to serve as a starting point for consideration of the multiple dimensions of topics within subject areas.

Page 157: Language Arts (1)

4- 3

DICTION A writer’s or speaker’s choice of words and way of

arranging the words in sentences. Word choice involves a writer’s selection of the proper language - words, phrases, figures of speech - to best express particular thoughts, feelings and perceptions. Diction often reveals a writer’s tone or attitude toward a subject.

EXPOSITORY TEXT Literature that includes extensive description, classification

and explanation. FALLACIES OF Ad hominem: Attacking the person who presents an ARGUMENT issue rather than dealing logically with

the issue itself.

Bandwagon: An argument saying, in effect, “Everyone’s doing or saying or thinking this, so you should too.”

Circular Supporting an argument by simply

Argument: repeating it in different terms. Non sequitur: A statement that does not follow logically

from what has just been said – a conclusion that does not follow from the premise.

FIVE SENSES POEM A poem written about a topic using each of the five senses.

Sense poems are usually five lines long, with one line for each sense.

FONT The style of letters used in a document. FONT SIZE The size of letters used in a document.

Page 158: Language Arts (1)

4- 4

FRACTURED A story composed using two different characters from two

different stories (Cinderella and one of the three little pigs). The characters must maintain their integrity in this new story.

This technique in story writing can be adapted in these ways:

o Changing the ending of a story o Using a story and choosing your own adventure by

asking “what if…” o Changing the setting. “What if Hamlet went to the

mall?” o Change the language or the role of a character o Change the perspective of the minor character. For

example, changing the perspective of the wolf in the ‘Three Little Pigs’

GRAPH A PLOT A visual method of identifying plot development. The

graph can also be used to track the tension or excitement in the story.

C(

SAMPLE CONFLICT GRAPH

• (Climax) •

• •

Page 159: Language Arts (1)

4- 5

Climax Great Conflict

Conflict

Low Conflict

No Conflict or Resolution Event-1 Event-2 Event-3 Event-4 Event-5 KEY EVENT GRAPHIC A visual way of showing information – semantic maps, ORGANIZER information charts, diagrams, webs HAIKU A poem consisting of 17 syllables arranged in three lines of

5, 7 and 5 syllables. Haiku poems deal with nature and present a single clear image.

JINGLE A verse or verses with a catchy rhythm, emphatic rhyme

and alliteration. LET’S VOTE Through this activity, students get down to systematically

presenting and defending an opinion or point of view.

C O N F L I C T

S C A L E

Page 160: Language Arts (1)

4- 6

LIMERICK A form of light verse that uses rhyme and rhythm. It

consists of five lines – the first, second and fifth lines rhyme, while the third and fourth lines rhyme with each other and are shorter than the other three. The last line usually contains a funny or surprise ending.

Line

Rhyme

1 a 2 a 3 b 4 b 5 a

LISTENING Aesthetic listening: Listening for enjoyment

Critical Listening: Listening to evaluate a message /analyse a message. Discriminative Listening: Listening to distinguish

sounds and to develop a sensitivity to non-verbal communication

Efferent Listening: Listening to understand a

message/ Listening for information METRE The pattern of stressed and unstressed syllables in verse.

Page 161: Language Arts (1)

4- 7

MINI LESSON Mini-lessons are taught on Language Arts concepts, strategies and skills and in connection with the task the students are engaged in at present. These lessons are brief, usually lasting 10 to 30 minutes and may be taught over a period of several days. The purpose of mini-lessons is to highlight the topic and teach it in the context of authentic literacy activities, not to isolate it or provide drill-and-practice. Students apply the lessons to their own Language Arts activities. Mini-lessons can be conducted with the whole class, with small groups of students who have indicated that they need to learn more about a particular topic, and with individual students. Teachers can also plan mini-lessons on a regular basis to introduce or review topics.

MOOD The feeling or atmosphere that the writers creates for the

reader in the literary work. Descriptive words, the setting, and figurative language contribute to the mood of a work, as do the sound and rhythm of the language used. The use of imagery-language that appeals to one or more of the five senses – contributes to the mood.

PERSONIFICATION The attribution to the non-human ( objects, animals, things)

characteristics possessed only by human beings. PITCH The involves the inflection up (raising) or inflection down

(lowering) of the voice to convey emotions, build suspense and conviction. The pitch can be high or low.

PLOT The structure of a story. It includes characters, setting,

problems, climax and resolution. The sequence of events involving characters in conflict

situations. It is based on the goals of one or more characters and the processes they go through to attain these goals.

Page 162: Language Arts (1)

4- 8

POETRY POOL A class collection of poems. Inputs are made by the students and teachers. Students can eventually learn to categorise poems – narrative poems, odes, limericks, ballads, sonnets. The collection is a resource pool for further study. It develops as the students are promoted from one form to another.

POINT OF VIEW The perspective used to tell a story: omniscient, first

person, second person, third person. PROTAGONIST The protagonist is the central character or hero in a narrative

or drama, usually the one with whom the reader or audience tends to identify. Opposing the protagonist is the antagonist. Usually an antagonist is another character, but some protagonists are opposed by antagonists of a different soil, like forces of nature or sets of circumstances.

QAR A strategy that aids students’ story comprehension. It

identifies two sources of information for answering questions: “in the head” and “in the reader’s head”.

RATE The speed at which one speaks. The effective speaking rate

is between 125-160 words a minute. Speakers vary the rate to reflect mood changes and emphasise points of the speech

READ ALOUD fluent reading to students modelling the use of reading

strategies. READERS’ THEATRE A performance of literature ( a story, a poem, a play) that is

read aloud in an interpretative manner.

Page 163: Language Arts (1)

4- 9

SEMANTIC FEATURE A strategy that helps students understand relationships ANALYSIS among words. The words are related by class or common

features. Semantic feature analysis can be used in narratives to analyse character, setting and plot.

SOLILOQUY A speech that a character gives when he/she is alone on TANKA stage. Its purpose is to let the audience know what the

character is thinking. A Japanese verse form containing 31 syllables arranged in five lines, 5, 7, 5, 7, 7.

T-CHART A graphic organizer that presents data in a way that makes

it easy to compare what is depicted on either side of the chart. Using a T-Chart, students can look at two different sides of an issue, character, or event As a class or in small groups, students record their responses under each headings. T-Charts can be used for “Cause-Effect,” “Problem-Solution,” “Pro-Con”, “Then-Now,” and “Looks Like-Sounds Like.”

CAUSE EFFECT

2 4

wheels wheels motor passengers enclosed handlebars rubber tires bicycle √ motorcycle √ car √ skateboard

Page 164: Language Arts (1)

4- 10

TEXT The word “text” is usually associated with textbooks

prescribed for use in the study of the various disciplines which comprise the curriculum of education. The word “text” however, as used in the study of discourse and its interpretation carries a somewhat modified meaning. It is possible to consider text as the record of a communicative event. In these days of high technology, such a record may exist on disk, tape or in print.

As a record of a communicative event, text will contain

information from a transmitter (writer or composer) on a selected topic, addressed to an intended receiver (reader, listener) with a specific intent.

From this point of view, the accustomed use of “text” for

textbook is really an identification of one instance of “text”; orally conducted communication events can be transformed into texts of various types.

THEATRE SPORTS The use of the dramatic arts to enhance literacy

learning.

Strategies:

Role Playing Mime Mirroring Mood Poems Activities Role Playing: As audience, we choose scenes for actors to

perform first in dialect, then in Standard English Mime: Actors pick a piece of paper that holds a word

describing one of the senses. They open the box and mime the word they have been given. Audience describes facial features/body gestures.

Page 165: Language Arts (1)

4- 11

Mirroring: Groups stand in circles. Each person takes a

turn. First person says a line in a tone to convey a particular emotion (“I don’t believe it). The first person steps back. The others (one at a time, in turn) step into the circle and repeat what the person did (how he/she stood, how he/she spoke). Person two chooses another line, conveying another emotion. Process is repeated.

Mood Poems: Teams of two or three people select an

activity to convey. Together the team builds a tableau (a freeze frame) that conveys the mood at the core of that activity. The team positions their bodies and faces to illustrate the activity. Others must guess what it is.

THINK SHEET An open-ended worksheet that introduces students to new

ways of thinking about and responding to the texts they read and to new ways of organising their thoughts.

TONE A writer’s choice of words which reflects his/her attitude

towards his/her subject or characters. The writer carefully chooses the proper language – words, phrases, figures of speech, imagery – to best express particular thought, feelings and perceptions.

VENN DIAGRAM A graphic organiser used to compare and contrast two or

more subjects. It can increase in difficulty by the addition of more and more circles.

STORY POEM

Continuous Writing Paragraph Plot Conflict

Words Lines Characters Stanzas Mood Verses Figurative RhythmLanguage

Page 166: Language Arts (1)

4- 12

VIGNETTE A short, descriptive literary sketch that may stand alone or be part of a larger work of fiction. Like a short story, a vignette is a work of fiction that can be read in one sitting. However, its plot and characterization are less fully developed than that of a short story.

VOCAL VARIETY Ways of spicing up the voice for the listening audience.

Volume, tone pitch, rate and rhythm are elements of vocal variety that speakers use to create and maintain interest when making an oral presentation.

VOLUME The strength or loudness of sound. Speakers increase or

decrease the volume (loudness) of their voice to stress the main points and draw in the listeners.

Page 167: Language Arts (1)

4- 13

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Applebee , Arthur N et al (2000) The Language of Literature Illinois: Mc Dougal Littell Burden, Paul R., Byrd, David M. (1999) . Methods for Effective Teaching (2nd.ed.). Allyn and Bacon. Flemming, Michael & Stevens, David (1998). English Teaching in the Secondary School. A Handbook for Students and Teachers. David Fulton Publishers.

Glazer, Joan I. (1997). Introduction to Children’s Literature. (2nd.ed.) Prentice-Hall.

Heilman,Arthur W., Blair, Timothy R., Rupley, William H., (1998) Principles and Practices of Teaching Reading (9th ed.) Prentice-Hall.

Jackson, Tom &Jackson, Ellen. (1992). Perfect Resume Strategies. Doubleday. Macon, J.M., Bewell, D. & Vogt, M.F.(1991).Responses to Literature ,Grades K-8. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Marrow, L.M. (1996). Motivating Reading and Writing in Diverse Classrooms.(NCTE Research Report No.28). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

McCarthy ,Tara (1998).Persuasive Writing. Scholastic.

Pollock, Joy & Waller, Elisabeth (1999). English Grammar and Teaching Strategies: Lifeline to Literacy. David Fulton Publishers.

Richards, Jack C., Rodgers, Theodore S., (1986). Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching (11th ed.) Cambridge University Press. Richardson, Judy S., (2000). Read it Aloud! Using Literature in the Secondary Content Classroom. Newark, DE:International Reading Association.

Rinvolucri, Mario & Davis, Paul, (1995). More Grammar Games: cognitive, affective and movement activities. Cambridge University Press.

Rudasill, L. (1996). Advertising Gimmicks: Teaching Critical Thinking. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Tompkins, Gail E. (1998). Language Arts: content and teaching strategies ( 4th ed.) Prentice-Hall, Inc.

Page 168: Language Arts (1)

4- 14

WEBSITES

http://yn.la.ca.us/cec/ceclang/ceclang.35.txt “Knowing Ourselves and Others through

Poetry” http://teacher2b.com/creative/poetry.htm “Teaching Basic Poetry” http://www.ulst.ac.uk/edu/assessment/los/losverbs.htm “Verbs for Writing Learning Outcomes” http://teacher.net.com “Interview Book Characters” http://teachercreatedmaterials.com “How to Manage Your Whole Language Classroom” http://library.thinkquest.org/50084/write/fallacies.html “Only a Matter of Opinion? Art of

Writing”